��������

Corporations Act

R.S.O. 1990, CHAPTER C.38

Consolidation Period: From December 4, 2023 to the .

Last amendment: .

Legislative History: 1992, c. 32, s. 6; 1993, c. 16, s. 3; 1993, c. 27, Sched.; 1994, c. 11, s. 384; 1994, c. 17, s. 31; 1994, c. 27, s. 78; 1997, c. 19, s. 31; 1997, c. 28, s. 50, 51; 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 59-82; 1999, c. 6, s. 16; 1999, c. 12, Sched. F, s. 21, 22; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; (but see ); ; - December 31, 2011; ; ; CTS 02 AU 17 - 1; (but see and ); ; ; (see ); ; ; ; ; .

CONTENTS

��

Definitions

1 (1) In this Act,

“books” includes loose-leaf books where reasonable precautions are taken against the misuse of them; (“livres”)

“Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer appointed under subsection 10 (2) of the Financial Services Regulatory Authority of �������� Act, 2016; (“directeur général”)

“Commission” means the �������� Securities Commission; (“Commission”)

“company” means a corporation with share capital; (“compagnie”)

“corporation” means a corporation with or without share capital, but in Part III “corporation” means a corporation without share capital; (“personne morale”)

“court” means the Superior Court of Justice; (“tribunal”)

“day” means a clear day; (“jour”)

“Director” means the Director appointed under section 278 of the Business Corporations Act; (“directeur”)

“electronic signature” means an identifying mark or process that is,

(a)�� created or communicated using telephonic or electronic means,

(b)�� attached to or associated with a document or other information, and

(c)�� made or adopted by a person to associate the person with the document or other information, as the case may be; (“signature électronique”)

“Minister” means the member of the Executive Council to whom responsibility for the administration of this Act is assigned or transferred under the Executive Council Act; (“ministre”)

“officer” means president, chair of the board of directors, vice-president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or any other person designated an officer by by-law of the corporation; (“dirigeant”)

“private company” means a company as to which by its special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent,

(a)�� the right to transfer its shares is restricted,

(b)�� the number of its shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the company, is limited to fifty, two or more persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder, and

(c)�� any invitation to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities is prohibited; (“compagnie fermée”)

“public company” means a company that is not a private company; (“compagnie ouverte”)

“registers” includes loose-leaf registers where reasonable precautions are taken against the misuse of them; (“registres”)

“securities” means the bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other like liabilities of a corporation whether constituting a charge on its property or not; (“valeurs mobilières”)

“social company” means a company that has objects in whole or in part of a social nature; (“compagnie à caractère social”)

“special resolution” means a resolution passed by the directors and confirmed with or without variation by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation duly called for that purpose, or, in lieu of such confirmation, by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote at such meeting; (“résolution spéciale”)

“telephonic or electronic means” means any means that uses the telephone or any other electronic or other technological means to transmit information or data, including telephone calls, voice mail, fax, email, an automated touch-tone telephone system, computer or computer networks. (“moyen de communication téléphonique ou électronique”) R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��1; 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 1 (2, 3); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 1; 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 1; 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 1.

Interpretation re period of days

(2) In this Act, a period of days is deemed to commence on the day following the event that began the period and is deemed to terminate at midnight of the last day of the period, except that if the last day of the period falls on a holiday, the period terminates at midnight of the next day that is not a holiday. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 1 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 29/06/2001

- no effect - see - 17/03/2020; - 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019

- 19/10/2021; - 12/05/2020

- 01/10/2023

Execution of documents

1.1 Any letters patent, notice, resolution, requisition, statement or other document required or permitted to be executed by more than one person for the purposes of this Act may be executed in several documents of like form, each of which is executed by one or more persons, and such documents, when duly executed by all persons required or permitted to do so, as the case may be, are deemed to constitute one document for the purposes of this Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 2.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Application of Act

2 (1) This Act, except if it is otherwise expressly provided, applies to,

(a)�� a social company that,

(i)�� was incorporated by or under a general or special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper Canada,

(ii)�� was incorporated by or under a general or special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada, that has its head office and carries on business in �������� and that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of the Legislature extends, and

(iii)�� was incorporated by or under a general or special Act of the Legislature; and

Note: On October 19, 2046, the 25th anniversary of the day subsection 3 (1) of Schedule 7 to the Cutting Unnecessary Red Tape Act, 2017 comes into force, clause 2 (1) (a) of the Act is repealed and the following substituted: (See: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 3 (2))

(a)�� a social company that,

(i)�� was incorporated by or under a special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Upper Canada,

(ii)�� was incorporated by or under a special Act of the Parliament of the late Province of Canada, that has its head office and carries on business in �������� and that was incorporated with objects to which the authority of the Legislature extends, or

(iii)�� was incorporated by or under a special Act of the Legislature; and

(b)�� a corporation that is an insurer within the meaning of subsection 141 (1). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 3 (1).

Non-application of Act

(2) This Act does not apply to,

(a)�� a corporation to which the Business Corporations Act, the Co-operative Corporations Act or the Not-for-Profit Corporations Act, 2010 applies; or

(b)�� a corporation incorporated for the construction and working of a railway, an incline railway or a street railway. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 3 (1).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021; - 19/10/2046

Continuance of social companies

2.1 (1) A social company that was incorporated or continued under this Act shall, no later than the fifth anniversary of the day subsection 4 (1) of Schedule 7 to the Cutting Unnecessary Red Tape Act, 2017 comes into force, apply, pursuant to a special resolution, to be continued,

(a)�� as a corporation without share capital under the Not-for-Profit Corporations Act, 2010;

(b)�� as a co-operative corporation under the Co-operative Corporations Act; or

(c)�� as a corporation with share capital under the Business Corporations Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Dissolution of company if not continued

(2) If a company that is required by subsection (1) to be continued under another Act is not so continued by the fifth anniversary described in that subsection, the company is hereby dissolved on the day after that fifth anniversary. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Saving, to apply for continuance

(3) If a social company that was incorporated or continued under this Act was dissolved under subsection 317 (9) or a predecessor of that subsection before, on or after the day that the subsection 4 (1) described in subsection (1) comes into force, or if it is dissolved under subsection (2), the company is deemed to exist after its dissolution only for any of the following purposes:

1.�� To hold a meeting of the shareholders in order to pass a special resolution to authorize the filing of articles of continuance under one of the Acts listed in subsection (1).

2.�� To apply to the court under subsection (7).

3.�� To file articles of continuance under one of the Acts listed in subsection (1), not later than 20 years after the date of its dissolution. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

(4) Repealed: 2023, c. 20, Sched. 5, s. 1 (1).

Minister’s consent not required

(5) Despite any requirement under this or any other Act, the Minister’s authorization or consent is not required for a company described in subsection (1) or (3) to apply to be continued as provided under those subsections. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Letters patent not to be amended

(6) A company described in subsection (1) shall not file supplementary letters patent under this Act to amend its letters patent in order to bring them into compliance with the Act under which the company applies to be continued under that subsection. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Application to court to waive shareholder approval

(7) If a company described in subsection (1) or (3) is unable to obtain a quorum to approve the special resolution required by the applicable one of those subsections, the company may apply to the court for an order waiving the requirement for a special resolution. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1); 2023, c. 20, Sched. 5, s. 1 (2).

Same

(8) The court may issue the order applied for under subsection (7) on the terms and conditions that the court considers appropriate in the circumstances if the court is satisfied that the company has made reasonable efforts to locate shareholders and to serve them with a notice of meeting. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Revival of dissolved company

(9) If a social company that was incorporated or continued under this Act was dissolved under subsection 317 (9) or a predecessor of that subsection before, on or after the day that the subsection 4 (1) described in subsection (1) comes into force or if it is dissolved under subsection (2), the company is revived on the date that a certificate of continuance is issued under one of the Acts listed in subsection (1) but the company cannot be revived under this Act on or after the day that the subsection 4 (1) described in subsection (1) comes into force. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Same

(10) Upon revival, the company is deemed for all purposes to have never been dissolved, subject to any terms, conditions and limitations imposed under the Act under which the company is continued, and any rights acquired by any person during the period of dissolution. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Act ceases to apply

(11) This Act ceases to apply to a company described in subsection (1) or (3) upon its being continued under another Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (1).

Note: On October 19, 2046, the 25th anniversary of the day subsection 3 (1) of Schedule 7 to the Cutting Unnecessary Red Tape Act, 2017 comes into force, section 2.1 of the Act is repealed. (See: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 4 (2))

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021; - 19/10/2046

- 04/12/2023

2.1.1 Repealed: 1990, c.��C.38, s.��2.1.1 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1990, c.��C.38, s.��2.1.1 (2) - see - 19/10/2021

- 12/05/2020

Delegation

2.2 (1) The Minister may delegate in writing any or all of his or her duties and powers under this Act to any person, subject to any restrictions set out in the delegation. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Same, by Director

(2) The Director may delegate in writing any or all of his or her duties and powers under this Act to any person, subject to any restrictions set out in the delegation. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Agreements with authorized persons

2.3 (1) In this section,

“business filing services” includes any of the duties and powers of the Minister or the Director and related services. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Agreements to provide business filing services

(2) The Minister or a person designated by the Minister may, on behalf of the Crown in right of ��������, enter into one or more agreements authorizing a person or entity to provide business filing services on behalf of the Crown, the government, the Minister, the Director or other government official. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Not Crown agent

(3) A person or entity that has entered into an agreement under subsection (2) for the provision of business filing services is not an agent of the Crown for any purpose despite the Crown Agency Act, unless a regulation made under this Act provides otherwise. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Use, etc., of records and information

(4) An agreement entered into under subsection (2) may also include provisions respecting the use, disclosure, sale or licensing of records and information required under this Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Discretion to delegate unaffected by agreement

(5) An agreement entered into under subsection (2) does not affect the power of the Minister or the Director to delegate any duties or powers under subsection 2.2 (1) or (2), as the case may be. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

No power to waive or refund fees for services

(6) A person or entity that has entered into an agreement under subsection (2) for the provision of business filing services may not waive or refund all or part of any fee for such a service that is payable to the Province of ��������, but the person or entity may pay all or part of the fee on behalf of the person or entity to whom the service was provided. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Deemed date of receipt by Minister

(7) Applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and any other applications, documents and information sent to a person or entity that has entered into an agreement under subsection (2), that authorizes the person or entity to receive applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and any other applications, documents and information on behalf of the Minister, are deemed to be received by the Minister on the date that they are received by the authorized person or entity. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Agreements for use, etc., of records and information

(8) The Minister or the Director, or a person designated by the Minister or the Director, may enter into an agreement with any person or entity respecting the use, disclosure, sale or licensing of records and information required under this Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Property of Crown

2.4 The records and information filed with and maintained by the Minister under this Act are the property of the Crown. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Signature required on letters patent, certificate, etc.

2.5 (1) If the Minister issues letters patent, supplementary letters patent, an order or a certificate as to any fact, or certifies true copies of a document, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order, certificate or certified copy must be signed by the Minister, by the Director or by a public servant employed under Part III of the Public Service of �������� Act, 2006 and designated by the regulations. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Evidence

(2) Letters patent, supplementary letters patent, an order, a certificate or a certified copy referred to in subsection (1), when introduced as evidence in any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding, are, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, proof of the facts so certified without personal appearance to prove the signature or official position of the person appearing to have signed the letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order, certificate or certified copy. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Reproduction of signature

(3) For the purposes of this section, any signature of the Minister, the Director or a public servant may be printed or otherwise mechanically or electronically reproduced. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

PART I
CORPORATIONS, INCORPORATION AND NAME

3 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 6.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Incorporation by letters patent

4 (1)�� The Minister may in his or her discretion, by letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer than three, of eighteen or more years of age, who apply therefor, constituting them and any others who become shareholders or members of the corporation thereby created a corporation for any of the objects to which the authority of the Legislature extends, except those of railway and incline railway and street railway corporations and corporations within the meaning of the Loan and Trust Corporations Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��4��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 7.

(2)�� Repealed:�� 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(1).

Incorporation of private company with limited objects

(3)�� Despite subsection (1), a private company may be incorporated under this Act with power to lend and invest money on mortgage of real estate or otherwise, or with power to accept and execute the office of liquidator, receiver, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or trustee for the benefit of creditors and to accept the duty of and to act generally in the winding up of corporations, partnerships and estates, other than estates of deceased persons, and shall not by reason thereof be deemed to be a corporation within the meaning of the Loan and Trust Corporations Act, but the number of its shareholders, exclusive of persons who are in the employment of the company, shall be limited by its letters patent or supplementary letters patent to five, two or more persons holding one or more shares jointly being counted as a single shareholder, and no such company shall issue securities except to its shareholders, or borrow money on the security of its property except from its shareholders, or receive money on deposit.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��4��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(1) - 01/03/1995

- 19/10/2021

Supplementary letters patent

5 (1) The Minister may in his or her discretion issue supplementary letters patent to any corporation that applies therefor amending or otherwise altering or modifying its letters patent or prior supplementary letters patent.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��5 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 8.

(2) Repealed.�� See: Table of Public Statute Provisions Repealed Under Section 10.1 of the Legislation Act, 2006 – December 31, 2011.

(3) Spent:�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��5 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��5 (2) - no effect - see - 31/12/2011

- 19/10/2021

Filing by fax

5.1 Despite any regulations made under section 326.1, applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and any other applications, documents and information may be filed by fax only with the Director’s consent. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 9.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Electronic version prevails

5.2 (1) If an application for letters patent, supplementary letters patent, an order or an authorization is filed with the Minister in an electronic format and there is a conflict between the electronic version and any other version of the letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order or authorization, the electronic version of the letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order or authorization issued under this Act and recorded in an electronic system maintained under section 6, or a printed copy of the electronic version, prevails over any other version of the document that may exist, regardless of whether the other version of the document has been executed in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the Director’s requirements. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 9.

Same, prescribed documents

(2) If a prescribed document is filed in an electronic format and there is a conflict between the electronic version and any other version of the document, the electronic version of the document recorded in an electronic system maintained under section 6, or a printed copy of the electronic version, prevails over any other version of the document that may exist, regardless of whether the other version of the document has been executed in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the Director’s requirements. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 9.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Form of Minister’s records

6 (1) Records required by this Act to be prepared and maintained by the Minister may be in paper form, in electronic form or in photographic film form, or may be entered or recorded by any system of mechanical or electronic data processing or information storage that is capable of reproducing required information in an accurate and intelligible form within a reasonable time. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Admission as evidence

(2) If records maintained by the Minister are prepared and maintained other than in written form,

(a)�� the Minister shall give any copy required to be given under this Act in intelligible written form; and

(b)�� a report reproduced from those records that purports to be certified by the Minister, by the Director or by a public servant employed under Part III of the Public Service of �������� Act, 2006 and designated by the regulations is, without proof of the office or signature of the person appearing to have signed the certificate or certified copy, admissible in evidence. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Copy in lieu of document

(3) The Minister is not required to produce the original of any document if a copy of the document is given in compliance with clause (2) (a). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Inability to receive filings in electronic system

(4) Despite any regulation made under clause 326.1 (1) (d), if the Director is of the opinion that it is not possible, for any reason, to receive applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and any other applications, documents and information in an electronic format in an electronic system maintained under this section, the Director may require that they be filed in paper format alone in accordance with the Director’s requirements, if any, or in another electronic format approved by the Director. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Same, retaining filings and requests until system is operational

(5) If the Director is of the opinion that it is not possible, for any reason, to issue letters patent, supplementary letters patent, applications or other documents using an electronic system maintained under this section, or for searches to be made of that system, the Minister or Director, as the case may be, may retain applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications and documents and search requests that have been filed until it is possible for the documents to be issued in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the Director’s requirements, if any, and for searches to be made. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Search

6.1 A person who has paid the required fee is entitled, using any search method approved by the Director, to search and obtain copies of any document required by this Act, the regulations or the Director to be sent to the Minister. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 10.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Sufficiency of material to be established

7 An applicant under this Act shall establish to the satisfaction of the Minister the sufficiency of the application and all documents filed therewith and shall furnish such evidence regarding the application as the Minister considers proper.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��7.

Evidence under oath

8 The Minister, the Director or any public servant employed under Part III of the Public Service of �������� Act, 2006 and designated by the regulations to whom an application is referred, or a person to whom an application is referred under an agreement made under section 2.3, may take evidence under oath with respect to the application. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 11.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Variation of terms of application

9 On an application for letters patent, supplementary letters patent or an order, the Minister may give the corporation a name different from its proposed or existing name, may vary the objects or other provisions of the application and may impose such conditions as he or she considers proper.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��9; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 12.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Defects in form not to invalidate letters patent

10 The provisions of this Act relating to matters preliminary to the issue of letters patent or supplementary letters patent or an order are directory only, and no letters patent or supplementary letters patent or order are void or voidable on account of any irregularity or insufficiency in any matter preliminary to the issue thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��10; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017

11 Repealed: 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(2) - 01/03/1995

Commencement of existence

12 (1) A corporation comes into existence on the date of the letters patent incorporating it. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��12 (1).

Date of letters patent, etc.

(2) Letters patent, supplementary letters patent, orders and authorizations issued under this Act or a predecessor of this Act must be dated as of,

(a)�� the day the Minister receives,

(i)�� the application for them that is in the approved form or in the prescribed or required electronic format and that is completed in accordance with this Act,

(ii)�� all other required documents executed in accordance with this Act, the regulations and the Director’s requirements,

(iii)�� all other required information, and

(iv)�� the required fee; or

(b)�� any later date that is acceptable to the Director and specified by the person who submitted the application for them or by the court. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 14.

Effective date of letters patent, etc.

(3) Letters patent, supplementary letters patent or an order or an authorization issued under this Act or a predecessor of this Act are effective on the date shown on the issued document even if any action required to be taken by the Minister under this Act with respect to the issuance and filing or recording of the document by the Minister is taken at a later date. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 14.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Issue of letters patent, etc.

12.1 Unless otherwise provided in this Act, the regulations made under this Act or the Director’s requirements, upon receipt of an application for letters patent, supplementary letters patent, an order or an authorization that is in the approved form or in the prescribed or required electronic format and that is completed in accordance with this Act, any other required documents and information and the required fee, the Minister may, subject to his or her discretion under this Act and subject to subsection 12 (2),

(a)�� issue letters patent, supplementary letters patent, an order or an authorization, as the case may be, with a certificate setting out the day, month and year of issuance and the corporation number;

(b)�� file the letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order or authorization issued with a certificate in the records maintained under section 6; and

(c)�� send or otherwise make available to the corporation or its representative a copy of the issued letters patent, supplementary letters patent, order or authorization, as the case may be, in a form approved by the Director. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 15.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Corporate name

13 (1) A corporation shall not be given a name,

(a)�� that is the same as or similar to the name of a known corporation, association, partnership, individual or business if its use would be likely to deceive, except where the corporation, association, partnership, individual or person consents in writing that its, his or her name in whole or in part be granted, and, if required by the Minister,

(i)�� in the case of a corporation, undertakes to dissolve or change its name within six months after the incorporation of the new corporation, or

(ii)�� in the case of an association, partnership or individual, undertakes to cease to carry on its, his or her business or activities, or change its, his or her name, within six months after the incorporation of the new corporation;

(b)�� that suggests or implies a connection with the Crown or any member of the Royal Family or the Government of Canada or the government of any province of Canada or any department, branch, bureau, service, agency or activity of any such government without the consent in writing of the appropriate authority;

(c)�� that, when the objects applied for are of a political nature, suggests or implies a connection with a political party or a leader of a political party;

(d)�� that is objectionable on any public grounds. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��13��(1).

Change of name

(2) If a corporation, through inadvertence or otherwise, has acquired a name that is objectionable, the Minister may, after giving the corporation an opportunity to be heard, issue supplementary letters patent changing the name of the corporation to the name specified in the supplementary letters patent. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��59.

Written hearing

(2.1) A hearing under subsection (2) shall be in writing in accordance with rules made by the Minister under the Statutory Powers Procedure Act. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��59.

Reference to court

(3) A person who feels aggrieved as a result of the giving of a name under subsection (1) or the changing or refusing to change a name under subsection (2) may, upon at least seven days notice to the Minister and to such other persons as the court directs, apply to the court for a review of the matter, and the court may make an order changing the name of the corporation to such name as it considers proper or may dismiss the application. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��13 (3).

Copy of order to be filed

(4) Within 10 days after an order is made under subsection (3), the corporation shall file with the Minister a copy of the order certified under the seal of the court, a notarial copy of the certified copy or any other type of copy permitted by the Director. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 16.

Offence

(5) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (4) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200, and every director or officer of the corporation who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��13 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��59 - 01/03/1999

- 19/10/2021

Change not to affect rights, etc.

14 A change in the name of a corporation does not affect its rights or obligations.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��14.

Unauthorized use of “Limited”, etc.

15 A person, partnership or association that trades or carries on a business or undertaking under a name in which “Limited”, “Limitée”, “Incorporated”, “Incorporée”, or “Corporation” or any abbreviation thereof is used, unless incorporated, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$200.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��15.

Corrected letters patent, etc.

16 (1) If letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued under this Act or a predecessor of this Act contain an error, the directors or members of the corporation may apply to the Minister for corrected letters patent or corrected supplementary letters patent. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(3).

Same

(2) The Minister, on his or her own initiative or on an application under subsection (1), may issue corrected letters patent or corrected supplementary letters patent. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(3).

Surrender of documents

(3) If requested by the Minister, the corporation shall surrender the letters patent or supplementary letters patent being corrected within the time period specified by the Minister. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 17.

Conditions

(4) The Minister may issue the corrected letters patent or supplementary letters patent subject to such conditions as he or she may impose. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(3).

Date of corrections

(5) Corrected letters patent or supplementary letters patent may bear the date of the letters patent or supplementary letters patent which are being replaced. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(3) - 01/09/1996

- 19/10/2021

PART II
COMPANIES

Incorporation

17 A company may be incorporated under this Part only if Part V would apply to the company. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 18.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Application for incorporation

18 (1) The applicants for incorporation of a company shall file with the Minister an application showing:

1.�� The names in full and the address for service of each of the applicants.

2.�� The name of the company to be incorporated.

3.�� The objects for which the company is to be incorporated.

4.�� The place in �������� where the head office of the company is to be situate.

5.�� The authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any, into which it is to be divided, the number of shares of each class, and the par value of each share, or, where the shares are to be without par value, the consideration, if any, exceeding which each share or the aggregate consideration, if any, exceeding which all the shares of each class may not be issued.

6.�� Where there are to be preference shares, the preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to them or each class of them.

7.�� Where the company is to be a private company, a statement to that effect and the restrictions to be placed on the transfer of its shares.

8.�� The names of the applicants who are to be the first directors of the company.

9.�� The class and number of shares to be taken by each applicant and the amount to be paid therefor.

10.�� Any other matters that the applicants desire to have included in the letters patent.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��18��(1); 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(2); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 19.

Idem

(2) The applicants may ask to have included in the letters patent any provision that could be the subject of a by-law of the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��18��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 29/06/2001

- 19/10/2021

Original shareholders

19 Upon incorporation of a company, each applicant becomes a shareholder holding the class and number of shares stated in the application to be taken by the applicant and is liable to the company for the amount to be paid therefor.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��19.

Use of word “Limited”

20 (1) The name of a company shall have the word “Limited” or “Limitée” as the last word thereof, but a company may use the abbreviation “Ltd.” or “Ltée” and may be referred to in the same manner.

Not applicable to insurers

(2) This section does not apply to insurers incorporated under Part V.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��20.

Use of name

21 (1) Where a company or a director, officer or employee thereof uses the name of the company, the word “Limited” or “Limitée”, or the abbreviation “Ltd.” or “Ltée”, shall appear as the last word thereof.

Exception

(2) Stamping, writing, printing or otherwise marking on goods, wares and merchandise of the company or upon packages containing the same shall not be deemed a use of the name within the meaning of subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��21 (1,��2).

Idem

(3) A private company shall have the words “private company” or the words “compagnie fermée” on its seal, if it has a seal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��21��(3); 1993, c.��27, Sched.; 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��60.

Offence

(4) A company that contravenes any requirement of this section and every director, officer or employee of the company who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such contravention is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��21��(4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1993, c.��27, Sched - 31/12/1991; 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��60 - 01/03/1999

Use of name

22 Despite subsection 20��(1) and section 21, a company may use its name in such form and in such language as the letters patent or supplementary letters patent provide.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��22.

Incidental powers

23 (1) A company possesses, as incidental and ancillary to the objects set out in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent, power,

(a)�� to carry on any other business capable of being conveniently carried on in connection with its business or likely to enhance the value of or make profitable any of its property or rights;

(b)�� to acquire or undertake the whole or any part of the business, property and liabilities of any person carrying on any business that the company is authorized to carry on;

(c)�� to apply for, register, purchase, lease, acquire, hold, use, control, license, sell, assign or dispose of patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade marks, formulae, licences, inventions, processes, distinctive marks and similar rights;

(d)�� to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing of profits, union of interests, co-operation, joint adventure, reciprocal concession or otherwise with any person or company carrying on or engaged in or about to carry on or engage in any business or transaction that the company is authorized to carry on or engage in or any business or transaction capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company, and to lend money to, guarantee the contracts of, or otherwise assist any such person or company, and to take or otherwise acquire shares and securities of any such company, and to sell, hold, reissue, with or without guarantee, or otherwise deal with the same;

(e)�� to take or otherwise acquire and hold shares in any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company or carrying on any business capable of being conducted so as to benefit the company;

(f)�� to enter into arrangements with any public authority that seem conducive to the company’s objects and obtain from any such authority any rights, privileges or concessions;

(g)�� to establish and support or aid in the establishment and support of associations, institutions, funds or trusts for the benefit of employees or former employees of the company or its predecessors, or the dependants or connections of such employees or former employees, and grant pensions and allowances, and make payments towards insurance or for any object similar to those set forth in this clause, and subscribe or guarantee money for charitable, benevolent, educational or religious objects or for any exhibition or for any public, general or useful objects;

(h)�� to promote any company for the purpose of acquiring or taking over any of the property and liabilities of the company, or for any other purpose that may benefit the company;

(i)�� to purchase, lease or take in exchange, hire or otherwise acquire any personal property and any rights or privileges that the company may think necessary or convenient for the purposes of its business;

(j)�� to construct, improve, maintain, work, manage, carry out or control any roads, ways, tramways, branches, sidings, bridges, reservoirs, watercourses, wharves, factories, warehouses, electric works, shops, stores and other works and conveniences that may advance the company’s interests, and to contribute to, subsidize or otherwise assist or take part in the construction, improvement, maintenance, working, management, carrying out or control thereof;

(k)�� to raise and assist in raising money for, and to aid by way of bonus, loan, promise, endorsement, guarantee or otherwise, any person or company with whom the company may have business relations or any of whose shares, securities or other obligations are held by the company and to guarantee the performance or fulfilment of any contracts or obligations of any such person or company, and in particular to guarantee the payment of the principal of and interest on securities, mortgages and liabilities of any such person or company;

(l)�� to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue bills of exchange, promissory notes, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments;

�� (m)�� to sell, lease, exchange or dispose of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety for such consideration as the company thinks fit, and in particular for shares or securities of any other company having objects altogether or in part similar to those of the company, if authorized so to do by a special resolution;

(n)�� to sell, improve, manage, develop, exchange, lease, dispose of, turn to account or otherwise deal with the property of the company in the ordinary course of its business;

(o)�� to adopt such means of making known the products of the company as seems expedient, and in particular by advertising in the press, by circulars, by purchase and exhibition of works of art or interest, by publication of books and periodicals or by granting prizes and rewards or making donations;

(p)�� to cause the company to be registered and recognized in any foreign country or province or territory of Canada, and to designate persons therein according to the laws of such foreign country or province or territory to represent the company and to accept service for and on behalf of the company of any process or suit;

(q)�� to allot and issue fully-paid shares of the company in payment or part payment of any property purchased or otherwise acquired by the company or for any past services rendered to the company;

(r)�� to distribute among the shareholders of the company in money, kind, specie or otherwise as may be resolved, by way of dividend, bonus or in any other manner considered advisable, any property of the company, but no such distribution shall decrease the capital of the company unless made in accordance with this Act;

(s)�� to pay all costs and expenses of or incidental to the incorporation and organization of the company;

(t)�� to invest and deal with the money of the company not immediately required for its objects in such manner as may be determined;

(u)�� to do any of the above things and all things authorized by the letters patent and supplementary letters patent as principals, agents, contractors, trustees or otherwise, and either alone or in conjunction with others;

(v)�� to do all such other things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of the above objects and of the objects set out in the letters patent and supplementary letters patent.

Powers may be withheld

(2) Any of the powers set out in subsection (1) may be withheld or limited by the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��23.

Loans to shareholders and directors

24 (1) Except as provided in subsection (2), a company shall not make loans to any of its shareholders or directors or give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, guarantee, the provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of, or in connection with, a purchase made or to be made by any person of any shares of the company.

Exceptions

(2) A company may,

(a)�� make loans to any of its shareholders or directors in the ordinary course of its business where the making of loans is part of the ordinary business of the company;

(b)�� make loans to full-time employees of the company whether or not they are shareholders or directors, with a view to enabling them to purchase or erect dwelling houses for their own occupation, and may take from such employees mortgages or other securities for the repayment of such loans;

(c)�� provide, in accordance with a scheme for the time being in force, money by way of loan for the purchase by trustees of fully-paid shares of the company, to be held by or for the benefit of employees of the company, whether or not they are shareholders or directors;

(d)�� make loans to employees of the company, other than directors, whether or not they are shareholders, with a view to enabling them to purchase fully-paid shares of the company to be held by them by way of beneficial ownership; or

(e)�� if it is a private company, make loans to any of its shareholders or directors with a view to enabling them to purchase issued shares of the company.

By by-law only

(3) The power mentioned in clause (2)��(b), (c), (d) or (e) may be exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by the directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering the by-law.

Liability of directors

(4) Every director and officer of a company making or assenting to a loan in contravention of this section is, until repayment of the loan, jointly and severally liable to the company and to its creditors for the debts of the company then existing or thereafter contracted to the amount of the loan with interest at the rate of 5 per cent per year.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��24.

Authorized capital

25 (1) The authorized capital of a company shall be divided into shares with par value or without par value or both and may consist of shares of more than one class.

Par shares

(2) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its authorized capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or other currency in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the number of shares of each class multiplied by the par value thereof.

No par or par and no par shares

(3) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where part of its shares are with par value and part are without par value, its authorized capital shall be expressed as a specified number of shares in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��25��(1-3).

Consideration for no par shares

(4) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where part of its shares are with par value and part are without par value, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent may provide that each share without par value or the shares of each class of shares without par value are not to be issued for a consideration exceeding in amount or value a stated amount in dollars, pounds, francs or other currency, and the letters patent or supplementary letters patent may provide, in addition, that such share or shares may be issued for such greater amount as the board of directors of the company considers expedient.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��25��(4); 1994, c. 27, s.��78��(4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c. 27, s.��78��(4) - 01/03/1995

Nature of shares

26 Each share of a class shall be the same in all respects as every other share of that class. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��26.

More than one class of shares

27 (1) If a company has more than one class of shares, one class shall be common shares designated as such and the other class or classes shall be preference shares howsoever designated.

Application

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��27.

Preference shares

28 (1) If a company has more than one class of shares, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall provide that the preference shares of a class confer upon the holders thereof a preference or right over the holders of shares of another class, either preference or common, and such preference or right, without limiting the nature thereof, may be in respect of dividends, repayment of capital, the right to elect part of the board of directors or the right to convert such shares into shares of another class or other classes of shares or into securities.

Conditions, etc.

(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company may provide that the preference shares of a class may have attached thereto conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions including, but without limiting the nature thereof, the right of the company to purchase for cancellation or at its option to redeem all or part of the shares of that class or conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote.

Redemption by shareholders

(3) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide or if a by-law creating preference shares passed and confirmed before the 30th day of April, 1954, so provides, any preference shares of a class may be redeemed by the company at the request of a holder or of a number or proportion of such holders.

No par preference shares not to be redeemed

(4) Preference shares without par value do not have a preference in respect of the repayment of capital and are not subject to redemption or purchase for cancellation.

Redemption of par value preference shares

(5) Where preference shares with par value are to be redeemed, they shall be redeemed at the amount paid up thereon, but, if the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide or if a by-law creating preference shares passed and confirmed before the 30th day of April, 1954, so provides, a premium, unpaid dividends or other stated amount may be paid.

Redemption at actual value

(6) Despite subsection (5), if the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide, the preference shares of a class may be redeemed out of money set aside in a fund for such purpose at a price as near as may be to the actual value thereof, and the method of determining such actual value shall be set out in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent.

Redemption of part

(7) Where the preference shares of a class are made redeemable by the letters patent or supplementary letters patent and where at any time some but not all of such shares are to be redeemed, the shares to be redeemed shall, except as provided in subsections (8) and (9), be selected by lot in such manner as the board of directors determines or as nearly as may be in proportion to the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder.

Redemption of all or part

(8) Where at least 95 per cent of the holders of the preference shares of a class holding at least 95 per cent of the issued shares of such class consent in writing and where, after twenty-one days notice has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders of shares of such class to the holder’s last address as shown on the books of the company, none of the holders of shares of such class dissents in writing to the company, the company may redeem all or any of such shares in such manner as the board of directors determines.

Redemption of preference shares of private company

(9) Where a holder of preference shares of a private company dies or leaves its employment, it may within one year of such event redeem all or any of the preference shares held by the deceased shareholder or former employee.

Power to withhold

(10) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company may withhold any of the powers set out in subsection (7), (8) or (9).

Purchase of preference shares by company

(11) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent provide that the preference shares may be purchased for cancellation by the company, the company may purchase some or all of such shares at the lowest price at which, in the opinion of the directors, such shares are obtainable, but not exceeding the amount paid up thereon; but, if the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide, a premium, unpaid dividends or other stated amount may be paid.

Insolvency

(12) Preference shares shall not be redeemed or purchased for cancellation by the company if the company is insolvent or if the redemption or purchase would render the company insolvent.

Effect of redemption

(13) Where preference shares are redeemed or purchased for cancellation by the company, they shall be thereby cancelled, and the authorized and the issued capital of the company shall be thereby decreased.

Conversion of preference shares

(14) Where preference shares are converted into the same or another number of shares of another class or classes, whether preference or common, the shares converted thereupon become the same in all respects as the shares of the class or classes respectively into which they are converted and the number of shares of each class affected by the conversion is changed accordingly.

Issued capital unchanged on conversion

(15) Where preference shares are converted into another class or other classes of shares, the issued capital of the company shall not be increased or decreased by the conversion.

Application

(16) Subsections (1), (4), (7), (8), (9) and (11) do not apply to shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��28.

Preference shares in series

29 (1) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company may authorize the issue from time to time in one or more series of the preference shares of a class and may authorize the directors to fix from time to time before such issue the designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of each series of such class. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��29 (1).

Voting rights

(2) The shares of all series of the same class of preference shares shall carry the same voting rights or the same restrictions, conditions, limitations or prohibitions on the right to vote. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��29 (2).

Dividends

(3) Where any dividends or amounts payable on a repayment of capital are not paid in full, the shares of all series of the same class of preference shares shall participate rateably in respect of such dividends, including accumulations, if any, in accordance with the sums that would be payable on such shares if all such dividends were declared and paid in full, and on any repayment of capital in accordance with the sums that would be payable on such repayment of capital if all sums so payable were paid in full. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��29 (3).

Conditions precedent to issue

(4) No shares of any series of a class of preference shares shall be issued until supplementary letters patent have been issued setting forth the designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of such series except in the case of the first series if such designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions have been set forth in the letters patent or prior supplementary letters patent. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��29 (4).

Issue of supplementary letters patent

(5) The Minister may issue such supplementary letters patent on the application of the company authorized by a resolution of the directors fixing the designation, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the shares of such series and the filing with the Minister of evidence of the due compliance with the conditions, if any, contained in the letters patent or in any prior supplementary letters patent, precedent to the creation and issue of the shares of such series. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��29 (5); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 20.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Voting rights

30 (1) Subject to subsection 28��(2), every holder of a preference share or a common share is entitled to one vote for each preference share or each common share held by the holder at all meetings of the shareholders of the company, but this subsection does not apply to shares authorized before the 30th day of April, 1954.

Votes

(2) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent may provide for a greater number of votes for each share of a class or classes at all times or on the happening of a stated event.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��30.

Issued capital, par value shares

31 (1) Where the shares of a company are with par value, its issued capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or other currency and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the number of issued shares of each class multiplied by the par value thereof.

No par value shares, etc.

(2) Where the shares of a company are without par value or where part of its shares are with par value and part are without par value, its issued capital shall be expressed in dollars, pounds, francs or other currency and is an amount equal to the total of the products of the number of issued shares of each class with par value multiplied by the par value thereof, together with the amount of the consideration for which the shares without par value from time to time outstanding were issued and together with such amounts as from time to time by by-law of the company may be transferred thereto.

Idem

(3) Nothing in subsection (2) affects the capital of a company in respect of shares without par value issued before the 30th day of April, 1954, if the letters patent or the supplementary letters patent of the company provide that the capital is to be at least equal to the sum of the aggregate par value of all issued shares having par value plus a sum in dollars, pounds, francs or other currency in respect of every issued share without par value plus such amounts as from time to time by by-law of the company may be transferred thereto.

Idem

(4) Where, before the 30th day of April, 1954, a company has set aside part of the consideration received upon the allotment and issue of shares without par value as distributable surplus, the amount of such distributable surplus does not form part of its issued capital.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��31.

Issue of shares

32 (1) In the absence of a provision to the contrary in the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the company, shares may be allotted and issued at such times and in such manner and to such persons or class of persons as the directors determine.

Consideration, par value shares

(2) Shares with par value shall not be allotted and issued as fully paid except for a consideration payable in cash at least equal to the product of the number of shares allotted and issued multiplied by the par value thereof or for a consideration payable directly or indirectly in property or past services which the directors in good faith determine by express resolution to be in all circumstances of the transaction the fair equivalent of such cash consideration.

Consideration, no par shares

(3) Shares without par value may be allotted and issued for such consideration as is fixed by the directors acting in good faith and in the best interests of the company.

Idem

(4) Shares without par value shall not be allotted and issued as fully paid except for the consideration fixed by the directors as aforesaid payable in cash to the total amount of the consideration so fixed or for a consideration payable directly or indirectly in property or past services which the directors in good faith determine by express resolution to be in all circumstances of the transaction the fair equivalent of such cash consideration.

Holders not liable to creditors, etc.

(5) Shares allotted and issued in accordance with this section shall be fully paid and non-assessable upon receipt by the company of the consideration for the allotment and issue thereof, and upon such receipt the holders of such shares are not liable to the company or to its creditors in respect thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��32.

Commission on sale of shares

33 (1) The directors may pass by-laws for the payment of commissions to persons in consideration of their subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for shares in the company, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional for such shares, but no such commission shall exceed 25 per cent of the amount of the subscription.

Commission by-laws to be confirmed

(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it is confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.

No unauthorized commissions

(3) Except as provided in subsection (1), no company shall apply any of its shares or capital, either directly or indirectly, in payment of any commission, discount or allowance to any person in consideration of the person’s subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally, for shares of the company or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional, for such shares, whether the shares or capital is so applied by being added to the purchase money of any property acquired by the company or to the contract price of any work to be executed for the company, or is paid out of the nominal purchase money or contract price or otherwise.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��33.

Supplementary letters patent

34 (1) A company may apply to the Minister for the issue of supplementary letters patent,

(a)�� extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects;

(b)�� changing its name;

(c)�� increasing its authorized capital;

(d)�� decreasing,

(i)�� its authorized capital by cancelling issued or unissued shares with or without par value or by reducing the par value of issued or unissued shares, or

(ii)�� its issued capital, if it has shares without par value,

and, where it has more capital than it requires, authorizing the repayment of capital to the shareholders to the extent that the issued capital is decreased in any way under this clause;

(e)�� redividing its authorized capital into shares of lesser or greater par value;

(f)�� consolidating or subdividing any of its shares without par value;

(g)�� changing any of its shares with par value into shares without par value;

(h)�� changing any of its shares without par value into shares with par value;

(i)�� reclassifying any shares with or without par value into shares of a different class;

(j)�� varying any provision in its letters patent or prior supplementary letters patent;

(k)�� providing for any other matter or thing in respect of which provision may be made in letters patent under this Act;

(l)�� converting it into a public company;

(m), (n)�� Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 21 (2).

(o)�� converting it into a private company;

(p)�� converting it into a corporation without share capital;

(q)�� Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 21 (2).

R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 21 (1, 2).

Authorization

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be authorized by a special resolution.�� 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(3).

(3) Repealed:�� 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(3).

Additional authorization for variation of rights of preference shareholders

(4) If the application is to delete or vary a preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to a class of preference shares or to create preference shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with an existing class of preference shares, then, subject to subsection (5) and, in addition to the authorization required by subsection (2), the application shall not be made until the application has been authorized in writing,

(a)�� by 100 per cent of the holders of the shares of such class or classes of shares; or

(b)�� by at least 95 per cent of the holders of the shares of such class or classes of shares holding at least 95 per cent of the issued shares of such class or classes,

but, in the case of authorization under clause (b), the application shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been given by sending the notice to each of the holders of shares of such class or classes to the holder’s last address as shown on the books of the company and only if at the expiration of twenty-one days none of the holders of such class or classes has dissented in writing to the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(4).

Idem

(5) If the letters patent or supplementary letters patent so provide, the authorization required by subsection (4) may be given by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of such class or classes of shares duly called for that purpose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(5).

Exception

(6) Where letters patent or supplementary letters patent issued before the 30th day of April, 1954, provide for an authorization for an application for supplementary letters patent to delete or vary a preference, right, condition, restriction, limitation or prohibition attaching to preference shares or to create preference shares ranking in priority to or on a parity with an existing class of preference shares, such authorization is effective, and subsections (4) and (5) do not apply.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(6).

(7) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��61.

Exception

(8) Subsection (4) does not apply to an arrangement under section 112.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(8).

Special Act corporations excepted

(9) This section does not apply to a company incorporated by special Act, except that a company incorporated by special Act may apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters patent changing its name.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��34��(9).

Application of clauses (1) (l), (o), (p)

(10) Clauses (1) (l), (o) and (p) apply only in respect of an insurer within the meaning of subsection 141 (1). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 21 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��61 - 01/03/1999

- 29/06/2001

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Reduction of capital

35 On an application for supplementary letters patent decreasing authorized or issued capital, the company shall establish to the satisfaction of the Minister that after the decrease the company will be solvent and, if required by the Minister, shall establish to his or her satisfaction that there are no creditors who object to the application.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��35.

Decrease of issued capital

36 Where issued shares without par value are cancelled, the issued capital is thereby decreased by an amount equal to the total of the products of the average consideration for which the shares of each such class were issued multiplied by the number of shares cancelled of each such class, respectively.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��36.

Liability on decrease of issued capital

37 (1) On a decrease of the issued capital of a company by supplementary letters patent, each person who was a shareholder on the date of the supplementary letters patent is individually liable to the creditors of the company for the debts due on that date to an amount not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person or reduction of the person’s liability, or both, as the case may be.

Limitation of liability

(2) A person is not liable under subsection (1),

(a)�� unless the company has been sued for the debt within six months after the date of the supplementary letters patent and execution has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part; and

(b)�� unless the person is sued for the debt within two years from the date of the supplementary letters patent.

Idem

(3) After execution has been so returned, the amount due on the execution, not exceeding the amount of the repayment to the person or the reduction of the person’s liability, is the amount recoverable against the person.

Class actions

(4) Where it is made to appear that there are numerous shareholders who may be liable under this section, the court may permit an action to be brought against one or more of them as representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff establishes the plaintiff’s claim as creditor, may make an order of reference and add as parties on the reference all such shareholders as may be found, and the referee shall determine the amount that each should contribute towards the plaintiff’s claim and may direct payment of the sums so determined.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��37��(1-4).

Shareholder holding shares in fiduciary capacity

(5) No person holding shares as executor, administrator, guardian or trustee, who is registered on the books of the company as a shareholder and therein described as representing in any such capacity a named estate, person or trust, is personally liable under this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all liabilities imposed by this section.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��37��(5); 1992, c. 32, s. 6��(1).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c. 32, s. 6��(1) - 03/04/1995

Fractional shares

38 (1) A person entitled to a fraction of a share is not entitled to be registered on the books of the company in respect thereof or to receive a share certificate therefor, but the person is entitled to receive a bearer fractional certificate in respect of such fraction and, on presentation at the head office of the company, or at a place designated by the company, of bearer fractional certificates for fractions that together represent a whole share, a share certificate for a whole share shall be issued in exchange therefor and the person in whose name such certificate is issued shall be registered on the books of the company as the holder of such share.

Transfer

(2) Such a bearer fractional certificate is transferable by delivery.

Purchase by company

(3) For the purpose of consolidating fractions of shares into whole shares, a company may purchase fractions of shares and, if it does so, it shall sell forthwith the whole shares resulting from the consolidation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��38.

Shares deemed personal estate

39 The shares of a company shall be deemed to be personal estate.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��39.

Transfer of shares

40 (1) The shares of a company are transferable on the books of the company subject to such conditions and restrictions as this Act, the special Act, the letters patent or supplementary letters patent prescribe.

Transfer by-laws

(2) Subject to subsection (3), no by-law shall be passed that in any way restricts the right of a holder of fully-paid shares to transfer them, but by-laws may be passed regulating the method of their transfer.

Where shareholder indebted to company

(3) Except in the case of shares listed on a recognized stock exchange, where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, the directors may refuse to permit the registration of a transfer of fully-paid shares registered in the name of a shareholder who is indebted to the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��40.

Register of transfers

41 Every company shall cause to be kept a register of transfers in which all transfers of shares and the date and other particulars of each transfer shall be set out.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��41.

Transfer agents

42 A company may appoint a transfer agent to keep the register of shareholders and the register of transfers and may also appoint one or more branch transfer agents to keep branch registers of shareholders and branch registers of transfers.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��42.

Where registers to be kept

43 (1) The register of shareholders and the register of transfers shall be kept at the head office of the company or at such other office or place in �������� as is appointed by resolution of the directors, and the branch register or registers of shareholders and the branch register or registers of transfers may be kept at such office or offices of the company or other place or places, either in or outside ��������, as are appointed by resolution of the directors.

Valid registration

(2) Registration of the transfer of a share of the company in the register of transfers or a branch register of transfers is a complete and valid registration for all purposes.

Entry in branch transfer register

(3) In each branch register of transfers shall be recorded only the particulars of the transfers of shares registered in that branch register of transfers.

Entry in register of transfers

(4) Particulars of every transfer of shares registered in every branch register of transfers shall be recorded in the register of transfers.

Closing of register of transfers

(5) The directors of a company may by resolution close the register of transfers and the branch register or registers of transfers, if any, for a period of time not exceeding forty-eight hours, exclusive of Saturdays and holidays, immediately preceding any meeting of the shareholders, and notice of every such closing shall be given in a newspaper published in the place where the register of transfers is kept and in a newspaper published in each place in which a branch register of transfers is kept.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��43.

Share certificates

44 (1) Every shareholder is entitled to a share certificate in respect of the shares held by the shareholder, signed by the proper officers in accordance with the company’s by-laws in that regard, but the company is not bound to issue more than one share certificate in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a share certificate to one of several joint shareholders is sufficient delivery to all.

Title

(2) A share certificate is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the title of the shareholder to the shares represented thereby.

Fee

(3) A company may charge a fee of not more than 50 cents for every share certificate issued, except that, in the case of the allotment and issue of shares, no fee shall be charged.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��44.

Lost certificates

45 Where a share certificate is defaced, destroyed or lost, a new certificate may be issued in its place on payment of such fee, if any, not exceeding��$1 and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity as the directors determine.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��45.

Contents of share certificates

46 (1) Every share certificate,

(a)�� shall bear upon its face the name of the company, a statement in English or in French that the company is incorporated in the Province of �������� and a statement of its authorized capital;

(b)�� shall state the number and class of shares represented thereby and whether the shares are with par value or without par value and, if partly paid, the amount paid up thereon or that the shares are fully paid, as the case may be;

(c)�� if it represents preference shares, shall state thereon in legible characters the preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to the class of preference shares to which it belongs; and

(d)�� if it represents shares of a private company, shall bear upon its face the words “Private Company” or the words “compagnie fermée”.

Exception

(2) Where some but not all of the preference shares of a class are converted, redeemed or purchased for cancellation, it is unnecessary for the company to change the statement of its authorized capital on its share certificates.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��46.

Signing of share certificates

47 A share certificate shall be signed manually by at least one officer of the company or by or on behalf of a transfer agent or branch transfer agent of the company, and the company may by by-law provide that any additional signatures required on share certificates may be printed, engraved, lithographed or otherwise mechanically reproduced thereon, and in such event share certificates so signed are as valid as if they had been signed manually.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��47.

Trusts

48 (1) A company is not bound to see to the execution of any trust, whether express, implied or constructive, in respect of any share.

Discharge

(2)��The receipt of the shareholder in whose name the share is registered on the books of the company is a valid and binding discharge to the company for any payment made in respect of such share whether notice of such trust has been given to the company or not.

Application of money paid

(3) The company is not bound to see to the application of the money paid upon such receipt.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��48��(1-3).

Authority to transfer

(4) The written authorization of an executor, administrator, guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as holding shares in any such capacity is sufficient justification for the company to register a transfer of such shares, including a transfer into the name of such executor, administrator, guardian or trustee absolutely.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��48��(4); 1992, c. 32, s. 6��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c. 32, s. 6��(2) - 03/04/1995

Share warrants

49 (1) A public company, if so authorized by its letters patent or supplementary letters patent and subject to the provisions respecting share warrants therein contained, may, with respect to any fully-paid shares, issue under the seal of the company a share warrant stating that the bearer of it is entitled to the share or shares therein specified, and may provide, by coupons or otherwise, for the payment of future dividends on the share or shares specified in the share warrant.

Entry of share warrant in company books

(2) On the issue of a share warrant, the company shall remove from its books the name of the shareholder then entered thereon as holding such share or shares as if the person had ceased to be a shareholder and shall enter in such books the following particulars:

1.�� The fact of the issue of the share warrant.

2.�� A statement of the shares specified in the share warrant.

3.�� The date of the issue of the share warrant.

Transfer

(3) A share warrant entitles the bearer thereof to the shares therein specified and the shares may be transferred by delivery of the warrant.

Bearer of share warrant deemed shareholder

(4) The bearer of a share warrant shall be deemed to be a shareholder of the company, except that the bearer is not entitled to receive notice of meetings or a copy of any financial statement or auditor’s report and is not qualified in respect of shares specified in the share warrant to be a director of the company.

Voting rights

(5) Upon presentation of a share warrant at a meeting of shareholders, its bearer is entitled to attend the meeting and vote the shares specified in it.

Definition

(6) For the purpose of subsection (5), the expression “share warrant” includes a certificate or other document satisfactory to the company to the effect that its bearer is the holder of a share warrant in respect of the shares specified in the certificate or other document.

Exchange of warrant for registration as shareholder

(7) The bearer of a share warrant is, subject to the provisions respecting share warrants contained in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent, entitled, on surrendering it for cancellation, to have the shares specified in it registered in the bearer’s name on the books of the company, and the company is responsible for any loss incurred by any person by reason of the company entering on its books the name of the bearer of a share warrant in respect of the shares specified in it without the warrant being surrendered and cancelled.

Surrender of share warrant

(8) Upon the surrender of a share warrant for cancellation, the date of the surrender shall be entered in the books of the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��49.

Transfers valid only after registration

50 (1) No transfer of shares, unless made by sale under an execution or under a decree, order or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, is valid for any purpose whatsoever until registration thereof has been duly made in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers of the company, save only as exhibiting the rights of the parties thereto towards each other and, if absolute, of rendering any transferee jointly and severally liable with the transferor to the company and to its creditors.

Exception

(2) Despite subsection (1), where fully-paid shares are listed on a recognized stock exchange at the time of the delivery of a certificate for such shares with a duly executed instrument of transfer endorsed thereon or accompanying it, such delivery constitutes a valid transfer of the shares represented by such certificate, but, until registration of such transfer is duly made in the register of transfers or in a branch register of transfers of the company, the company may treat the person in whose name the shares represented by such certificate are registered on the books of the company as being solely entitled to receive notice of and vote at meetings of shareholders and receive any payments in respect of such shares whether by way of dividends or otherwise.

Power of attorney not revoked by death

(3) A power of attorney contained in a duly executed instrument of transfer endorsed on or accompanying a share certificate delivered for value before the death of the transferor is not revoked by the death of the transferor but is valid and effectual subject to the conditions or restrictions, if any, contained therein.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��50.

Notice to owner

51 (1) The directors may refuse to permit the registration of a transfer of shares on the books of the company for the purpose of notifying the person registered thereon as owner of such shares of the application for such registration, and in that event the company shall forthwith give notice to such person of such application.

Owner may lodge caveat

(2) The owner may within seven days after the giving of such notice lodge a caveat against the registration of the transfer and thereupon the registration of the transfer shall not be made for a period of forty-eight hours.

Transfer may be registered if no order served

(3) If within one week after the giving of such notice or the expiration of such period of forty-eight hours, whichever last expires, no order of a competent court enjoining the registration of the transfer has been served upon the company, the transfer may be registered.

Liability of company

(4) Where a transfer of shares is registered after the proceedings mentioned in this section, the company is not liable in respect of such shares to a person whose rights are purported to be transferred, but nothing in this subsection prejudices any claim the transferor may have against the transferee.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��51.

Where consent of directors to transfer required

52 (1) No registration of a transfer of shares that are not fully paid shall be made without the consent of the directors and of the transferee and, subject to subsection (4), where such registration is made with the consent of the directors, the transferor is not liable to the company or to its creditors for the amount unpaid on such shares.

Directors’ liability

(2) Subject to subsection (3), where registration is made with the consent of the directors of a transfer of shares that are not fully paid to a person whom the directors have reason to believe is not of sufficient means to pay fully for such shares, the directors are jointly and severally liable to the company and to its creditors in the same manner and to the same extent as the transferor would have been liable if the registration had not been made.

Relief from liability

(3) If a director, present when such consent to registration is given, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven days after he or she becomes aware of such consent, delivers to an officer of the company a written protest against such consent and, within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy of such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from liability under subsection (2).

Liability where call remains unpaid

(4) Where the transfer of a share upon which a call is unpaid is registered with the consent of the directors and of the transferee, the transferee is liable for the call to the same extent and with the same liability to forfeiture of the share, if the call remains unpaid, as if the transferee had been the holder when the call was made, and the transferor also remains liable for the call until it is paid.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��52.

Transmission of deceased shareholder’s shares

53 Where upon the death of a holder of any shares or securities of a company a transmission thereof takes place to or title to or control thereof vests or is claimed to vest in any person, herein called “the successor”, the company is justified in permitting or consenting to the registration thereof in the name of the successor on the company’s books or in paying the principal amount thereof or any dividend or interest thereon to the successor,

(a)�� if the successor claims by virtue of a grant of probate or letters of administration or other instrument issued or purporting to be issued by a court or other judicial authority in any jurisdiction, upon production of the same or an authenticated copy thereof or extract therefrom or a certificate of such grant under the seal of such court or other authority without any proof of the authenticity of such seal or other proof whatever and deposit of a copy thereof;

(b)�� if the successor claims by virtue of the laws of any jurisdiction in which any such transmission or vesting of title or control takes place without a grant of probate or letters of administration or other court or judicial action, upon production and deposit of proof thereof in accordance with the laws of such jurisdiction and reasonable evidence of such laws; or

(c)�� if the net value of the estate of the deceased holder is less than $1,500 or if the market value of the shares or securities is less than $300, upon proof thereof to the reasonable satisfaction of the company,

together with, in any such event, production and deposit by the successor of a sworn statement showing the nature of the transmission or vesting of title or control, as the case may be.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��53.

Calls on shares

54 (1) The directors may by resolution call in and by notice thereof in writing demand from the shareholders the whole or any part of the amount unpaid on shares held by them at such times and places and in such payments or instalments as this Act, the special Act, the letters patent, the supplementary letters patent, the by-laws or the terms of allotment and issue of such shares require or allow.

Demand to state liability to forfeiture

(2) The demand shall state that, in the event of the call not being paid in accordance with the demand, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

Liability for interest

(3) If a shareholder fails to pay a call due by the shareholder on or before the day appointed for the payment thereof, the shareholder is liable to pay interest on the amount thereof at the rate of 5 per cent per year from the day appointed for payment to the time of payment.

Forfeiture of shares

(4) In the event of the call not being paid in accordance with the demand, the directors may forfeit any shares on which the call is not paid.

Sale of forfeited shares

(5) Any forfeited shares become the property of the company upon the forfeiture, and, subject to its by-laws, may be sold.

Continuing liability

(6) Despite such forfeiture, the holder of such shares at the time of forfeiture continues liable to the company and to its creditors for the full amount unpaid on such shares at the time of forfeiture, less any sums that are subsequently received by the company in respect thereof.

Refund of excess on sale

(7) Where the company receives on the sale of forfeited shares an amount in excess of the amount then unpaid on such shares, the excess amount shall be paid to the person whose shares were forfeited.

Recovery of calls by suit

(8) The directors may, instead of forfeiting any shares, enforce payment of all calls and interest thereon by action in a court of competent jurisdiction.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��54.

Right to receive uncalled money

55 The directors may receive at any time from a shareholder all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid upon shares held by the shareholder.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��55.

Shareholder’s liability limited

56 (1) A shareholder shall not, as such, be held answerable or responsible for any act, default, obligation or liability of the company, or for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury, transaction, matter or thing relating to or connected with the company beyond the amount unpaid on the shareholder’s shares.

Shareholder’s liability

(2) A shareholder, until the whole amount has been paid up on the shareholder’s shares, is liable to the creditors of the company to an amount equal to that unpaid thereon, but the shareholder is not liable to an action therefor by a creditor until an execution at the suit of the creditor against the company has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part.

Amount recoverable

(3) The amount due on such execution, not exceeding the amount unpaid on the shareholder’s shares, is the amount recoverable from such shareholder and, when so recovered, shall be considered as paid on those shares.

Set-off

(4) A shareholder may plead by way of defence, in whole or in part, to any such action by a creditor any set-off that the shareholder could set up against the company except a claim for unpaid dividends or a salary or allowance as a director or officer of the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��56.

Trustees, etc., not personally liable

57 (1) No executor, administrator, guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as a shareholder and therein described as representing in any such capacity a named estate, person or trust is personally liable in respect of the shares that he, she or it so represents.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��57��(1); 1992, c. 32, s. 6��(3).

Liability of estate, etc.

(2) The estate, person or trust so represented is liable as if the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or beneficiary were registered on the books of the company as the holder of the shares.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��57��(2); 1992, c.��32, s.��6��(4).

Where trustee, etc., liable

(3) If the testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or beneficiary so represented is not named on the books of the company, the executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee is personally liable in respect of such shares as if he, she or it held them in his, her or its own name as owner thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��57��(3); 1992, c.��32, s.��6��(5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c. 32, s. 6��(3-5) - 03/04/1995

Mortgagees

58 (1) The word “mortgagee”, as used in subsection (2), includes a trustee for holders of securities.

Mortgagee not personally liable

(2) No mortgagee of a share of a company and no person holding such a share as collateral security who is registered on the books of the company as the holder of such share and therein described as representing in either of such capacities a named mortgagor or person giving such collateral security is personally liable in respect of such share that he, she or it so represents, but the mortgagor or other person giving such collateral security is liable as if the mortgagor or other person were registered on the books of the company as the holder of such share.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��58.

Borrowing powers

59 (1) The directors may pass by-laws,

(a)�� for borrowing money on the credit of the company;

(b)�� for issuing, selling or pledging securities of the company; or

(c)�� for charging, mortgaging, hypothecating or pledging all or any of the property of the company, including book debts and unpaid calls, rights, powers, franchises and undertaking, to secure any securities or any money borrowed, or other debt, or any other obligation or liability of the company.

Definition

(2) The expression “property of the company” in subsection (1) and in every predecessor thereof includes and has included always both present and future property of the company.

Borrowing by-laws to be confirmed

(3) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders duly called for considering it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��59.

Irredeemable securities

60 A condition contained in a security or in a deed for securing a security is not invalid by reason only that the security is thereby made irredeemable or redeemable only on the happening of a contingency, however remote, or on the expiration of a period, however long.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��60.

Copy to be filed

61 (1) A copy certified by an officer of the company to be a true copy, or any other type of copy permitted by the Director of any charge, mortgage or other instrument of hypothecation or pledge made by the company to secure its securities, must be filed forthwith with the Minister. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 22.

Exception

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a charge or mortgage filed with the Minister under any other Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��61 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Power to declare dividends

62 (1) Subject to the special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent of the company, the directors may declare and the company may pay dividends on the issued shares of the company.

Manner of payment

(2) A dividend may be paid in money or in specie or in kind not exceeding in value the amount of the dividend.

When dividend not to be declared

(3) The directors shall not declare and the company shall not pay any dividend or bonus when the company is insolvent, or any dividend or bonus the payment of which renders the company insolvent or that diminishes its capital, and, if any dividend or bonus is declared and paid contrary to this subsection, the directors are jointly and severally liable to the company for the amount of the dividend so declared and paid or such part thereof as renders the company insolvent or diminishes its capital.

Relief from liability

(4) If a director, present when any such dividend or bonus is declared, forthwith, or, if a director then absent, within seven days after he or she becomes aware of such declaration, delivers to an officer of the company a written protest against such declaration and, within seven days after delivery of such protest, sends a copy of such protest by registered mail to the Minister, such director thereby and not otherwise exonerates himself or herself from liability under subsection (3).

Companies with wasting assets

(5) Nothing in this section prevents a mining company or a company whose assets are of a wasting character, or a company incorporated for the object of acquiring and administering the assets or a substantial part of the assets of another corporation, either from such corporation or from the assign of such corporation, for the purpose of converting such assets into money and distributing the money among the shareholders of the company, from declaring and paying dividends out of funds derived from the operations of the company.

Extent of impairment of capital

(6) The powers conferred by subsection (5) may be exercised despite the fact that the value of the net assets of the company may be thereby reduced to less than the issued capital of the company if the payment of the dividends does not reduce the value of its remaining assets to an amount insufficient to meet all the liabilities of the company exclusive of its issued capital.

Where confirmed by-law required

(7) Subject to subsection (8), the powers conferred by subsection (5) may be exercised only under the authority of a by-law passed by the directors and confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering it.

Idem

(8) Where dividends have been paid by a company in any of the cases mentioned in subsection (5) without the authority of a by-law, the payment thereof is nevertheless valid if a by-law adopting and approving the payment is passed by the directors and confirmed by the shareholders in the manner mentioned in subsection (7).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��62.

Stock dividends

63 For the amount of any dividend that the directors may declare payable in money, they may declare a stock dividend and issue therefor shares of the company as fully paid or may credit the amount of such dividend on shares of the company already issued but not fully paid, and the liability of the holders of such shares shall be reduced by the amount of such dividend.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��63.

Closing transfer registers

64 The directors, upon declaring a dividend, may direct that no transfer of shares shall be registered on the books of the company for a stated period, not exceeding two weeks, immediately preceding the payment of the dividend, and payment thereof shall be made to the shareholders of record on the date of closing the books.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��64.

Cumulative voting for directors

65 The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a company may provide that every shareholder entitled to vote at an election of directors has the right to cast thereat a number of votes equal to the number of votes attached to the shares held by the shareholder multiplied by the number of directors to be elected, and the shareholder may cast all such votes in favour of one candidate or distribute them among the candidates in such manner as the shareholder sees fit, and that, where a shareholder has voted for more than one candidate without specifying the distribution of the votes among such candidates the shareholder shall be deemed to have divided the votes equally among the candidates for whom the shareholder voted.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��65.

Removal of directors

66 Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a company provide for the election of directors by cumulative voting under section 65, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that the shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to pass such resolution has been given, remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office, and may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting, elect any person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term, but that no director shall be removed where the votes cast against the resolution for his or her removal would, if cumulatively voted at an election of the full board of directors, be sufficient to elect one or more directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��66.

Idem

67 (1) Where the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a company do not provide for cumulative voting under section 65, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that the shareholders may, by a resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to pass such resolution has been given, remove any director before the expiration of his or her term of office, and may, by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting, elect any person in his or her stead for the remainder of the term.

Exception

(2) Subsection (1) does not affect the operation of any provision respecting the removal of directors in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company issued before the 30th day of April, 1954.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��67.

By-laws

68 (1) The directors may pass by-laws not contrary to this Act or to the letters patent or supplementary letters patent to regulate,

(a)�� the allotment and issue of shares, the making of calls thereon, the payment thereof, the issue of share certificates, the forfeiture of shares for non-payment, the sale of forfeited shares, the transfer and the registration of transfers of shares;

(b)�� the declaration and payment of dividends;

(c)�� the qualification and remuneration of the directors;

(d)�� the time for and the manner of election of directors;

(e)�� the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and removal of agents, officers and employees of the company and the security, if any, to be given by them to it;

(f)�� the time and place and the notice to be given for the holding of meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors, the quorum at meetings of shareholders, the requirements as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at shareholders’ meetings and at meetings of the board of directors;

(g)�� the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the company.

Confirmation

(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment or re-enactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose, is effective only until the next annual meeting of the shareholders unless confirmed thereat and, in default of confirmation thereat, ceases to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new by-law of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed at a general meeting of the shareholders.

Rejection, etc.

(3) The shareholders may at the general meeting or the annual meeting mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or otherwise deal with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted to the meeting for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired under any such by-law shall be prejudicially affected by any such rejection, amendment or other dealing.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��68.

Payment of president and directors

69 No by-law for the payment of the president as president or of any director as a director is effective until it has been confirmed at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��69.

Executive committee

70 (1) Where the number of directors on the board of directors of a company is more than six, the directors may pass a by-law authorizing them to elect from among their number an executive committee consisting of not fewer than three and to delegate to the executive committee any powers of the board, subject to the restrictions, if any, contained in the by-law or imposed from time to time by the directors.

Confirmation

(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose.

Quorum

(3) An executive committee may fix its quorum at not less than a majority of its members.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��70.

Disclosure by directors of interests in contracts

71 (1) Every director of a company who is in any way directly or indirectly interested in a proposed contract or a contract with the company shall declare his or her interest at a meeting of the directors of the company.

Time of declaration

(2) In the case of a proposed contract, the declaration required by this section shall be made at the meeting of the directors at which the question of entering into the contract is first taken into consideration or, if the director is not at the date of that meeting interested in the proposed contract, at the next meeting of the directors held after he or she becomes so interested, and, in a case where the director becomes interested in a contract after it is made, the declaration shall be made at the first meeting of the directors held after he or she becomes so interested.

General notice

(3) For the purposes of this section, a general notice given to the directors of a company by a director to the effect that he or she is a shareholder of or otherwise interested in any other company, or is a member of a specified firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract made with such other company or firm, shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest in relation to a contract so made, but no such notice is effective unless it is given at a meeting of the directors or the director takes reasonable steps to ensure that it is brought up and read at the next meeting of the directors after it is given.

Effect of declaration

(4) If a director has made a declaration of his or her interest in a proposed contract or contract in compliance with this section and has not voted in respect of the contract, the director is not accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or creditors for any profit realized from the contract, and the contract is not voidable by reason only of the director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship established thereby.

Confirmation by shareholders

(5) Despite anything in this section, a director is not accountable to the company or to any of its shareholders or creditors for any profit realized from such contract and the contract is not by reason only of the director’s interest therein voidable if it is confirmed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the shareholders duly called for that purpose and if the director’s interest in the contract is declared in the notice calling the meeting.

Offence

(6) If a director is liable in respect of profit realized from any such contract and the contract is by reason only of his or her interest therein voidable, the director is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��71.

Definitions re ss. 72 to 78

72 (1) In this section and in sections 73 to 78,

“affiliate” means an affiliated company within the meaning of subsection 106��(3); (“membre du même groupe”)

“associate”, where used to indicate a relationship with any person, means,

(a)�� any company of which such person beneficially owns directly or indirectly equity shares carrying more than 10 per cent of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the company for the time being outstanding,

(b)�� any trust or estate in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity,

(c)�� any person to whom the person is married or with whom the person is living in a conjugal relationship outside marriage, or

(d)�� any relative of the person or of a person mentioned in clause (c) who, in any such case, has the same home as the person; (“personne qui a un lien”)

“capital security” means any share of any class of shares of a company or any bond, debenture, note or other obligation of a company, whether secured or unsecured; (“valeurs”)

“equity share” means any share of any class of shares of a company carrying voting rights under all circumstances and any share of any class of shares carrying voting rights by reason of the occurrence of any contingency that has occurred and is continuing; (“action participante”)

“insider” or “insider of a company” means,

(a)�� any director or senior officer of a public company that has fifteen or more shareholders, two or more persons who are the joint registered owners of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder,

(b)�� any person who beneficially owns directly or indirectly equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the company for the time being outstanding, provided that in computing the percentage of voting rights attached to equity shares owned by an underwriter there shall be excluded any equity shares that have been acquired by the underwriter as underwriter in the course of distribution to the public of such shares, but such exclusion ceases to have effect on completion or cessation of the distribution to the public by the underwriter, or

(c)�� any person who exercises control or direction over the equity shares of such a company carrying more than 10 per cent of the voting rights attached to all equity shares of the company for the time being outstanding; (“initiés”, “initiés d’une compagnie”)

“senior officer” means,

(a)�� the chair or any vice-chair of the board of directors, the president, any vice-president, the secretary, the treasurer or the general manager of a company or any other individual who performs functions for the company similar to those normally performed by an individual occupying any such office, and

(b)�� each of the five highest paid employees of a company, including any individual referred to in clause (a); (“cadre dirigeant”)

“underwriter” has the same meaning as in the Securities Act. (“souscripteur à forfait”)�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��72��(1); 1999, c.��6, s.��16; 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(1); 2016, c. 23, s. 44 (1).

Interpretation

(2) For the purposes of this section and sections 73 to 78,

(a)�� every director or senior officer of a company that is itself an insider of another company shall be deemed to be an insider of such other company;

(b)�� an individual shall be deemed to own beneficially capital securities beneficially owned by a company controlled by him or her or by an affiliate of such company;

(c)�� a company shall be deemed to own beneficially capital securities beneficially owned by its affiliates; and

(d)�� the acquisition or disposition by an insider of a put, call or other transferable option with respect to a capital security shall be deemed a change in the beneficial ownership of the capital security to which such transferable option relates.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��72��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1999, c.��6, s.��16 - 01/03/2000

- 09/03/2005

- 05/12/2016

Report by insider

73 (1) A person who becomes an insider of a company shall, within ten days after the end of the month in which the person becomes an insider, file with the Commission a report, as of the day on which the person became an insider, of the person’s direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital securities of the company.

Idem

(2) If a person who is an insider of a company, but has no direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital securities of the company, acquires direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over any such securities, the person shall, within ten days after the end of the month in which the person acquired such direct or indirect beneficial ownership or such control or direction, file with the Commission a report, as of the date of such acquisition, of the person’s direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital securities of the company.

Report of subsequent changes

(3) A person who has filed or is required to file a report under this section or any predecessor thereof and whose direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or control or direction over capital securities of the company changes from that shown or required to be shown in such report or in the last report filed by the person under this subsection shall, within ten days following the end of the month in which such change takes place, provided that the person was an insider of the company at any time during such month, file with the Commission a report of the person’s direct or indirect beneficial ownership of or the person’s control or direction over capital securities of the company at the end of such month and the change or changes therein that occurred during the month, and giving such details of each transaction as may be required by the regulations made under section 78.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��73.

Reports may be inspected

74 (1) All reports filed with the Commission under section 73 or any predecessor thereof shall be open to public inspection at the offices of the Commission during normal business hours of the Commission, and any person may make extracts from such reports.

Publication of information contained in reports

(2) The Commission shall summarize in or as part of a monthly periodical for distribution to the public on payment of a reasonable fee therefor the information contained in the reports so filed.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��74.

Offence

75 (1) Every person who is required to file a report under section 73 or any predecessor thereof and who fails so to do is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.

Idem

(2) Every person who files a report under section 73 or any predecessor thereof that is false or misleading by reason of the misstatement or omission of a material fact is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in the filing of such false or misleading report is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.

Saving

(3) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (2) if the person did not know and in the exercise of reasonable diligence could not have known that the report was false or misleading by reason of the misstatement or omission of a material fact.

Consent to prosecute

(4) No prosecution shall be brought under subsection (1) or (2) without the consent of the Commission.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��75.

Liability of insiders

76 (1) Every insider of a company or associate or affiliate of such insider, who, in connection with a transaction relating to the capital securities of the company, makes use of any specific confidential information for his, her or its own benefit or advantage that, if generally known, might reasonably be expected to affect materially the value of such securities, is liable to compensate any person for any direct loss suffered by such person as a result of such transaction, unless such information was known or ought reasonably to have been known to such person at the time of such transaction, and is also accountable to the company for any direct benefit or advantage received or receivable by such insider, associate or affiliate, as the case may be, as a result of such transaction.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��76��(1).

(2) Repealed:�� 2002, c.��24, Sched.��B, s.��25.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/01/2004

Order to commence action

77 (1) Upon application by any person who was at the time of a transaction referred to in subsection 76��(1) or is at the time of the application an owner of capital securities of the company, the court may, if satisfied that,

(a)�� such person has reasonable grounds for believing that the company has a cause of action under section 76; and

(b)�� either,

(i)�� the company has refused or failed to commence an action under section 76 within sixty days after receipt of a written request from such person so to do, or

(ii)�� the company has failed to prosecute diligently an action commenced by it under section 76,

make an order, upon such terms as to security for costs and otherwise as to the court seems fit, requiring the Commission to commence or continue an action in the name of and on behalf of the company to enforce the liability created by section 76.

Notice to company and O.S.C.

(2) The company and the Commission shall be given notice of any application under subsection (1) and shall have the right to appear and be heard thereon.

Order to require company to co-operate

(3) Every order made under subsection (1) shall provide that the company shall co-operate fully with the Commission in the institution and prosecution of such action and shall make available to the Commission all books, records, documents and other material or information known to the company or reasonably ascertainable by the company relevant to such action.

Appeal

(4) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made under subsection (1).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��77.

Regulations

78 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,

(a)�� prescribing the form and content of the reports required to be filed under section 73;

(b)�� respecting any other matter necessary or advisable to carry out effectively the intent and purpose of sections 72 to 77.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��78.

Exception from reporting

79 (1) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission may, if satisfied upon the circumstances of the particular case that there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order upon such terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be expedient exempting in whole or in part any person from the requirements of section 73. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��79 (1).

(2) Repealed: 2021, c. 40, Sched. 19, s. 9.

Appeal from Commission

(3) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the Divisional Court, and subsections 9��(2) to (6) of the Securities Act apply to the appeal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��79 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 29/04/2022

Director indemnified in suits respecting execution of office

80 Every director and officer of a company, and his or her heirs, executors and administrators, and estate and effects, respectively, may, with the consent of the company, given at any meeting of the shareholders, from time to time and at all times, be indemnified and saved harmless out of the funds of the company, from and against,

(a)�� all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever that he, she or it sustains or incurs in or about any action, suit or proceeding that is brought, commenced or prosecuted against him, her or it, for or in respect of any act, deed, matter or thing whatsoever, made, done or permitted by him, her or it, in or about the execution of the duties of his, her or its office; and

(b)�� all other costs, charges and expenses that he, she or it sustains or incurs in or about or in relation to the affairs thereof, except such costs, charges or expenses as are occasioned by his, her or its own wilful neglect or default.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��80; 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��62.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��62 (1, 2) - 01/03/1999

Liability of directors for wages

81 (1) The directors of a company are jointly and severally liable to the employees, apprentices and other wage earners thereof for all debts due while they are directors for services performed for the company, not exceeding six months wages, and for the vacation pay accrued for not more than twelve months under the Employment Standards Act or any predecessor thereof and the regulations thereunder or under any collective agreement made by the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��81��(1).

Limitation of liability

(2) A director is liable under subsection (1) only if,

(a)�� the corporation is sued in the action against the director and execution against the corporation is returned unsatisfied in whole or in part; or

(b)�� before or after the action is commenced, the corporation goes into liquidation, is ordered to be wound up or makes an authorized assignment under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), or a receiving order under that Act is made against it, and, in any such case, the claim for the debt has been proved.�� 2002, c.��24, Sched.��B, s.��31��(1).

Idem

(3) After execution has been so returned against the company, the amount recoverable against the director is the amount remaining unsatisfied on the execution.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��81��(3).

Rights of director who pays the debt

(4) If the claim for the debt has been proved in liquidation or winding-up proceedings or under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), a director who pays the debt is entitled to any preference that the creditor paid would have been entitled to or, if a judgment has been recovered for the debt, the director is entitled to an assignment of the judgment.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��81��(4).

Director holding shares in fiduciary capacity

(5) No director holding shares as executor, administrator, guardian or trustee who is registered on the books of the company as a shareholder and therein described as representing in any such capacity a named estate, person or trust is personally liable under this section, but the estate, person or trust is subject to all the liabilities imposed by this section.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��81��(5); 1992, c.��32, s.��6��(6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c.��32, s.��6��(6) - 03/04/1995

- 01/01/2004

CTS 02 AU 17 - 1

Place of meetings

82 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3) and subsections 283.1 (6) and 294.1 (1), the meetings of shareholders and the meetings of directors shall be held at the place where the head office of the company is situate. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 2 (1).

Exception

(2) Where the by-laws of the company so provide, the meetings of directors may be held at any place in or outside �������� and the meetings of shareholders may be held at any place in ��������. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 2 (1).

Exception

(3) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of the company so provide, the meetings of the shareholders may be held at one or more places outside �������� designated therein. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��82 (3).

Meeting under s. 283.1 (6) or (7)

(3.1) If a majority of the directors attending a meeting held in a manner described in subsection 283.1 (6) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under subsection 283.1 (7) are in Canada during the meeting, the meeting is deemed to have been held in Canada. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 2 (2).

Meeting under s. 294.1 (1) or (2)

(3.2) A meeting held in a manner described in subsection 294.1 (1) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under subsection 294.1 (2) is deemed to be held at the place where the head office of the company is situate. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 2 (2).

Where section not to apply

(4) This section does not affect the operation of any provision in the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of a company issued before the 30th day of April, 1954, respecting the holding of the meetings of the shareholders at any place outside ��������.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��82 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Definitions re ss. 83 to 90

83 In this section and in sections 84 to 90,

“form of proxy” means a written or printed form that, upon completion and execution by or on behalf of a shareholder, becomes a proxy; (“formule de procuration”)

“information circular” means the circular referred to in subsection 86��(1); (“circulaire d’information”)

“proxy” means a completed and executed form of proxy by means of which a shareholder has appointed a person as the shareholder’s nominee to attend and act for the shareholder and on the shareholder’s behalf at a meeting of shareholders; (“procuration”)

“solicit” and “solicitation” include,

(a)�� any request for a proxy whether or not accompanied by or included in a form of proxy,

(b)�� any request to execute or not to execute a form of proxy or to revoke a proxy,

(c)�� the sending or delivery of a form of proxy or other communication to a shareholder under circumstances reasonably calculated to result in the procurement, withholding or revocation of a proxy, and

(d)�� the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder pursuant to section 85,

but do not include,

(e)�� the sending or delivery of a form of proxy to a shareholder in response to an unsolicited request made by the shareholder or on the shareholder’s behalf, or

(f)�� the performance by any person of ministerial acts or professional services on behalf of a person soliciting a proxy. (“sollicitation”, “solliciter”)�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��83.

Proxies

84 (1) Every shareholder, including a shareholder that is a corporation, entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may by means of a proxy appoint a person, who need not be a shareholder, as the shareholder’s nominee to attend and act at the meeting in the manner, to the extent and with the power conferred by the proxy.

Execution and termination

(2) A proxy shall be executed by the shareholder or the shareholder’s attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized, and ceases to be valid one year from its date.

Contents

(3) In addition to the requirements, where applicable, of section 88, a proxy shall contain the date thereof and the appointment and name of the nominee and may contain a revocation of a former proxy and restrictions, limitations or instructions as to the manner in which the shares in respect of which the proxy is given are to be voted or that may be necessary to comply with the laws of any jurisdiction in which the shares of the company are listed on a stock exchange or a restriction or limitation as to the number of shares in respect of which the proxy is given.

Revocation

(4) In addition to revocation in any other manner permitted by law, a proxy may be revoked by instrument in writing executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized, and deposited either at the head office of the company at any time up to and including the last business day preceding the day of the meeting, or any adjournment thereof, at which the proxy is to be used or with the chair of such meeting on the day of the meeting, or adjournment thereof, and upon either of such deposits the proxy is revoked.

Time limit for deposit

(5) The directors may by resolution fix a time not exceeding forty-eight hours, excluding Saturdays and holidays, preceding any meeting or adjourned meeting of shareholders before which time proxies to be used at that meeting must be deposited with the company or an agent thereof, and any period of time so fixed shall be specified in the notice calling the meeting or in the information circular relating thereto.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��84.

Mandatory solicitation of proxies

85 (1) Subject to section 87, the management of a company shall, concurrently with or prior to giving notice of a meeting of shareholders of the company, send to each shareholder who is entitled to vote at such meeting at the shareholder’s last address as shown on the books of the company a form of proxy for use at such meeting that complies with section 88. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��85 (1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 3.

Offence

(2) If the management of a company fails to comply with subsection (1), the company is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and every director or officer of the company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��85 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Information circular

86 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and section 87, no person shall solicit proxies unless,

(a)�� in the case of a solicitation by or on behalf of the management of a company, an information circular, either as an appendix to or as a separate document accompanying the notice of the meeting, is sent to each shareholder of the company whose proxy is solicited at the shareholder’s last address as shown on the books of the company; or

(b)�� in the case of any other solicitation, the person making the solicitation, concurrently with or prior thereto, delivers or sends an information circular to each shareholder of the company whose proxy is solicited. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��86 (1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 4.

Where subs. (1) does not apply

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to,

(a)�� any solicitation, otherwise than by or on behalf of the management of a company, where the total number of shareholders whose proxies are solicited is not more than fifteen, two or more persons who are the joint registered owners of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder;

(b)�� any solicitation by a person made under section 49 of the Securities Act; and

(c)�� any solicitation by a person in respect of shares of which the person is the beneficial owner. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��86 (2).

Offence

(3) A person who fails to comply with subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such failure is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��86 (3).

Idem

(4) A person who effects a solicitation that is subject to this section by means of a form of proxy, information circular or other communication that contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make any statement contained therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances in which it was made is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and, where such person is a company, every director or officer of such company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��86 (4).

Saving

(5) No person is guilty of an offence under subsection (4) in respect of any untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact in a form of proxy or information circular, if the untruth of such statement or the fact of such omission was not known to the person who effected the solicitation and in the exercise of reasonable diligence could not have been known to such person. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��86 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Where ss.��85, 86��(1) do not apply

87 (1) Section 85 and subsection 86��(1) do not apply to a private company or to a public company that has fewer than fifteen shareholders, two or more persons who are the joint registered owners of one or more shares being counted as one shareholder. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��87 (1).

Exemption orders

(2) Upon the application of any interested person, the Commission may, if satisfied that in the circumstances of the particular case there is adequate justification for so doing, make an order, on such terms and conditions as seem to the Commission to be just and expedient, exempting any person from the requirements, in whole or in part, of section 85 or of subsection 86��(1). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��87 (2).

(3) Repealed: 2021, c. 40, Sched. 19, s. 9.

Appeal from Commission

(4) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the Divisional Court, and subsections 9��(2) to (6) of the Securities Act apply to the appeal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��87 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 29/04/2022

Special form of proxy

88 Where section 85 or 86 is applicable to a solicitation of proxies,

(a)�� the form of proxy sent to a shareholder by a person soliciting proxies,

(i)�� shall indicate in bold-face type whether or not the proxy is solicited by or on behalf of the management of the company, and

(ii)�� shall provide a specifically designated blank space for dating the form of proxy;

(b)�� the form of proxy shall provide means whereby the person whose proxy is solicited is afforded an opportunity to specify that the shares registered in the person’s name shall be voted by the nominee in favour of or against, in accordance with such person’s choice, each matter or group of related matters identified therein or in the information circular as intended to be acted upon, other than the election of directors and the appointment of auditors, provided that a proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to matters as to which a choice is not so specified by such means if the form of proxy or the information circular states in bold-face type how it is intended to vote the shares represented by the proxy in each such case;

(c)�� a proxy may confer discretionary authority with respect to,

(i)�� amendments or variations to matters identified in the notice of meeting, or

(ii)�� other matters which may properly come before the meeting,

provided that,

(iii)�� the person by whom or on whose behalf the solicitation is made is not aware a reasonable time prior to the time the solicitation is made that any such amendments, variations or other matters are to be presented for action at the meeting, and

(iv)�� a specific statement is made in the information circular or in the form of proxy that the proxy is conferring such discretionary authority;

(d)�� no proxy shall confer authority,

(i)�� to vote for the election of any person as a director of the company unless a nominee proposed in good faith for such election is named in the information circular, or

(ii)�� to vote at any meeting other than the meeting specified in the notice of meeting or any adjournment thereof;

(e)�� the information circular or form of proxy shall state that the shares represented by the proxy will be voted and that, where the person whose proxy is solicited specifies a choice with respect to any matter to be acted upon pursuant to clause (b), the shares shall, subject to section 89, be voted in accordance with the specifications so made;

(f)�� the information circular or form of proxy shall indicate in bold-face type that the shareholder has the right to appoint a person to attend and act for the shareholder and on the shareholder’s behalf at the meeting other than the person, if any, designated in the form of proxy, and shall contain instructions as to the manner in which the shareholder may exercise such right; and

(g)�� if the form of proxy contains a designation of a named person as nominee, means shall be provided whereby the shareholder may designate in a form of proxy some other person as the shareholder’s nominee for the purpose of subsection 84��(1).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��88.

Where vote by ballot not required

89 (1) If the aggregate number of shares represented at a meeting by proxies required to be voted for or against a particular matter or group of matters carries, to the knowledge of the chair of the meeting, less than 5 per cent of the voting rights attached to the shares entitled to vote and represented at the meeting, the chair of the meeting has the right not to conduct a vote by way of ballot on any such matter or group of matters unless a poll is demanded at the meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��89 (1).

Vote may be by telephonic or electronic means

(2) For clarity, unless the by-laws expressly provide otherwise, a vote referred to in subsection (1) may be conducted entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by a combination of one or more telephonic means and voting in person. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Regulations re contents of information circular

90 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make such regulations respecting the form and content of an information circular as the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary or appropriate in the public interest.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��90.

Trustees, etc., may vote

91 An executor, administrator, guardian or trustee, and, where a corporation is such executor, administrator, committee, guardian or trustee of a testator, intestate, mentally incapable person, ward or beneficiary, any person duly appointed a proxy for such corporation, shall represent the shares in his, her or its hands at all meetings of the shareholders of the company and may vote accordingly as a shareholder, and every person who mortgages or hypothecates his, her or its shares may nevertheless represent the shares at all such meetings and may vote accordingly as a shareholder unless in the instrument creating the mortgage or hypothec the person has expressly empowered the holder of such mortgage or hypothec to vote thereon, in which case only such holder or the holder’s proxy may vote in respect of such shares.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��91; 1992, c.��32, s.��6��(7).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c.��32, s.��6��(7) - 03/04/1995

Joint holders of stock

92 If shares are held jointly by two or more persons, any one of them present at a meeting of the shareholders of the company may, in the absence of the other or others, vote thereon, but, if more than one of them are present or represented by proxy, they shall vote together on the shares jointly held.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��92.

Shareholders’ meetings

93 (1) Subject to subsection (2) and in the absence of other provisions in that behalf in the by-laws of the company,

(a)�� notice of the time and place for holding a meeting of the shareholders shall, unless all the shareholders entitled to notice of the meeting have waived in writing such notice, be given in writing 10 days or more before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to notice of the meeting;

(a.1)�� if notice under clause (a) is given by mail, it shall be sent by prepaid mail to the shareholder’s last address as shown on the company’s books;

(b)�� no shareholder in arrear in respect of any call is entitled to vote at a meeting;

(c)�� all questions proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at a meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the majority of the votes cast and the chair presiding at the meeting has a second or casting vote in case of an equality of votes;

(d)�� the chair presiding at a meeting of shareholders may, with the consent of the meeting and subject to such conditions as the meeting decides, adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place;

(e)�� the president or, in his or her absence, a vice-president who is a director shall preside as chair at a meeting of shareholders, but, if there is no president or such a vice-president or if at a meeting neither of them is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, the shareholders present shall choose a person from their number to be the chair;

(f)�� unless a poll is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a meeting of shareholders to the effect that the chair declared a motion to be carried is admissible in evidence as proof of the fact, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, without proof of the number or proportion of votes recorded in favour of or against the motion. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��93 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 23.

Notice

(2) The by-laws of the company shall not provide for fewer than ten days notice of meetings of shareholders and shall not provide that notice may be given otherwise than individually. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��93 (2).

When notice is not required to specify place of meeting

(3) Despite clause (1) (a), the notice of a meeting of shareholders is not required to specify a place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 6.

Instructions re attending meeting by telephonic, etc. means

(4) If a person may attend a meeting of shareholders by telephonic or electronic means, the notice of the meeting must include instructions for attending and participating in the meeting by the telephonic or electronic means that will be made available for the meeting, including, if applicable, instructions for voting by such means at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 6.

Transition

(5) For clarity, this section, as it read immediately before the day section 6 of Schedule 9 to the Less Red Tape, Stronger Economy Act, 2023 comes into force, continues to apply to a notice that was given before that day in respect of a meeting of shareholders to be held on or after that day. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 6.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017

- 01/10/2023

Auditors

94 (1) The shareholders of a company at their first general meeting shall appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the first annual meeting and, if the shareholders fail to do so, the directors shall forthwith make such appointment or appointments. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (1).

Idem

(2) The shareholders shall at each annual meeting appoint one or more auditors to hold office until the next annual meeting and, if an appointment is not so made, the auditor in office shall continue in office until a successor is appointed. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (2).

Casual vacancy

(3) The directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of auditor, but, while such vacancy continues, the surviving or continuing auditor, if any, may act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (3).

Removal

(4) The shareholders may, by resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of which notice of intention to pass the resolution has been given, remove any auditor before the expiration of the auditor’s term of office, and shall by a majority of the votes cast at that meeting appoint another auditor in the auditor’s stead for the remainder of the term. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (4).

Remuneration

(5) The remuneration of an auditor appointed by the shareholders shall be fixed by the shareholders, or by the directors if they are authorized so to do by the shareholders, and the remuneration of an auditor appointed by the directors shall be fixed by the directors. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (5).

Appointment by court

(6) If, for any reason, no auditor is appointed, the court may, on the application of a shareholder, appoint one or more auditors for that year and fix the remuneration to be paid by the company for the services of the auditor or auditors. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 24.

Notice

(7) Notice of the appointment of an auditor shall be given in writing to the auditor forthwith after the appointment is made. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��94 (7).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Qualification of auditor

95 (1) Except as provided in subsection (2), no person shall be appointed as auditor of a company who is a director, officer or employee of that company or an affiliated company or who is a partner, employer or employee of any such director, officer or employee.

Private companies

(2) Upon the unanimous vote of the shareholders of a private company present or represented at the meeting at which the auditor is appointed, a director, officer or employee of that company or an affiliated company, or a partner, employer or employee of such director, officer or employee may be appointed as auditor of that company, if it is not a subsidiary company of a company incorporated by any legislative jurisdiction in Canada which is not a private company within the meaning of this Act.

Notice

(3) A person appointed as auditor under subsection (2) shall indicate in the person’s report to the shareholders on the annual financial statement of the company that the person is a director, officer or employee of the company or a partner, employer or employee of such director, officer or employee.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��95.

Annual audit

96 (1) The auditor shall make such examination as will enable the auditor to report to the shareholders as required under subsection (2).

Auditor’s report

(2) The auditor shall make a report to the shareholders on the financial statement, other than the part thereof that relates to the period referred to in subclause 97��(1)��(b)��(ii), to be laid before the company at any annual meeting during the auditor’s term of office and shall state in the report whether in the auditor’s opinion the financial statement referred to therein presents fairly the financial position of the company and the results of its operations for the period under review in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis consistent with that of the preceding period.

Idem

(3) If the financial statement contains a statement of source and application of funds or a statement of changes in net assets, the auditor shall include in the auditor’s report a statement whether in the auditor’s opinion, in effect, the statement of source and application of funds or the statement of changes in net assets presents fairly the information shown therein.

Idem

(4) The auditor in the auditor’s report shall make such statements as the auditor considers necessary,

(a)�� if the company’s financial statement is not in agreement with its accounting records;

(b)�� if the company’s financial statement is not in accordance with the requirements of this Act;

(c)�� if the auditor has not received all the information and explanations that the auditor has required; or

(d)�� if proper accounting records have not been kept, so far as appears from the auditor’s examination.

Right of access, etc.

(5) The auditor of a company has right of access at all times to all records, documents, books, accounts and vouchers of the company and is entitled to require from the directors and officers of the company such information and explanation as in the auditor’s opinion are necessary to enable the auditor to report as required by subsection (2).

Auditor may attend shareholders’ meetings

(6) The auditor of a company is entitled to attend any meeting of shareholders of the company and to receive all notices and other communications relating to any such meeting that a shareholder is entitled to receive and to be heard at any such meeting that the auditor attends on any part of the business of the meeting that concerns the auditor as auditor.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��96.

Exemption from annual audit

96.1 In respect of a financial year of a company, the company is exempt from the requirements of this Part regarding the appointment and duties of an auditor if,

(a)�� the company is not a public company;

(b)�� the annual income of the company is less than $100,000; and

(c)�� all of the shareholders consent, in writing, to the exemption in respect of the year.�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��63; 2006, c.��34, s.��10��(1).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��63 - 01/03/1999

- 01/08/2007

Information to be laid before annual meeting

97 (1) The directors shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,

(a)�� in the case of a private company, a financial statement for the period that commenced on the date of incorporation and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting or, if the company has completed a financial year, that commenced immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting, as the case may be, made up of,

(i)�� a statement of profit and loss for such period,

(ii)�� a statement of surplus for such period, and

(iii)�� a balance sheet as at the end of such period;

(b)�� in the case of a public company, a comparative financial statement relating separately to,

(i)�� the period that commenced on the date of incorporation and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting or, if the company has completed a financial year, that commenced immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and ended not more than six months before such annual meeting, as the case may be, and

(ii)�� the period covered by the financial year next preceding such latest completed financial year, if any,

made up of,

(iii)�� a statement of profit and loss for each period,

(iv)�� a statement of surplus for each period,

(v)�� a statement of source and application of funds for each period, and

(vi)�� a balance sheet as at the end of each period;

(c)�� the report of the auditor to the shareholders;

(d)�� such further information respecting the financial position of the company as the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the company require.

Designation of statements

(2) It is not necessary to designate the statements referred to in subsection (1) as the statement of profit and loss, statement of surplus, statement of source and application of funds and balance sheet.

Auditor’s report to be read

(3) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any shareholder.

Omission of comparative statement

(4) Despite clause (1)��(b), the financial statement referred to in such clause may relate only to the period that ended not more than six months before the annual meeting if the reason for the omission of the statement in respect of the period covered by the previous financial statement is set out in the financial statement to be laid before such meeting or by way of note thereto.

Omission of source and application statement

(5) Despite subclause (1)��(b)��(v), the statement of source and application of funds may be omitted if the reason for such omission is set out in the financial statement or by way of note thereto.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��97.

Statement of profit and loss

98 (1) The statement of profit and loss to be laid before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the results of the operations of the company for the period covered by the statement and so as to distinguish severally at least,

(a)�� in the case of a public company, sales or gross operating revenue;

(b)�� the operating profit or loss before including or providing for other items of income or expense that are required to be shown separately;

(c)�� income from investments in subsidiaries whose financial statements are not consolidated with those of the company;

(d)�� income from investments in affiliated companies other than subsidiaries;

(e)�� income from other investments;

(f)�� non-recurring profits and losses of significant amount including profits or losses on the disposal of capital assets and other items of a special nature to the extent that they are not shown separately in the statement of earned surplus;

(g)�� provision for depreciation or obsolescence or depletion;

(h)�� amounts written off for goodwill or amortization of any other intangible assets to the extent that they are not shown separately in the statement of earned surplus;

(i)�� interest on indebtedness initially incurred for a term of more than one year, including amortization of debt discount or premium and expense;

(j)�� taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority,

and shall show the net profit or loss for the financial period. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��98 (1).

Notes

(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in clauses (1)��(g) and (h) may be shown by way of note to the statement of profit and loss. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��98 (2).

Order for omission of sales or gross operating revenue

(3) A public company may apply to the Commission for an order permitting sales or gross operating revenue referred to in clause (1)��(a) of this section or subclause 110��(1)��(b)��(i) to be omitted from the statement of profit and loss or the interim financial statement, as the case may be, and the Commission may, on such terms and conditions as it may impose, permit such omission where it is satisfied that in the circumstances the disclosure of such information would be unduly detrimental to the interests of the company. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��98 (3).

(4) Repealed: 2021, c. 40, Sched. 19, s. 9.

Appeal from Commission

(5) Any person who feels aggrieved by a decision of the Commission under this section may appeal the decision to the Divisional Court, and subsections 9��(2) to (6) of the Securities Act apply to the appeal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��98 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 29/04/2022

Statement of surplus

99 (1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the transactions reflected in the statement and shall show separately a statement of contributed surplus and a statement of earned surplus.

Contributed surplus

(2) The statement of contributed surplus shall be drawn up so as to include and distinguish the following items:

1.�� The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding financial period.

2.�� The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the financial period including,

(a)�� the amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares or the reorganization of the company’s issued capital, including,

(i)�� the amount of premiums received on the issue of shares at a premium,

(ii)�� the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for cancellation of shares; and

(b)�� donations of cash or other property by shareholders.

3.�� The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial period.

Earned surplus

(3) The statement of earned surplus shall be drawn up so as to distinguish at least the following items:

1.�� The balance of such surplus at the end of the preceding financial period.

2.�� The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the financial period and without restricting the generality of the foregoing at least the following:

i.�� The amount of the net profit or loss for the financial period.

ii.�� The amount of dividends declared on each class of shares.

iii.�� The amount transferred to or from reserves.

3.�� The balance of such surplus at the end of the financial period.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��99.

Statement of source and application of funds

100 The statement of source and application of funds referred to in subclause 97��(1)��(b)��(v) and clause 110��(1)��(a) shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the information shown therein for the period, and shall show separately at least,

(a)�� funds derived from,

(i)�� current operations,

(ii)�� sale of non-current assets, segregating investments, fixed assets and intangible assets,

(iii)�� issue of securities or other indebtedness maturing more than one year after issue, and

(iv)�� issue of shares; and

(b)�� funds applied to,

(i)�� purchase of non-current assets, segregating investments, fixed assets and intangible assets,

(ii)�� redemption or other retirement of securities or repayment of other indebtedness maturing more than one year after issue,

(iii)�� redemption or other retirement of shares, and

(iv)�� payment of dividends.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��100.

Balance sheet

101 The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the company as at the date to which it is made up and so as to distinguish severally at least the following:

1.�� Cash.

2.�� Debts owing to the company from its directors, officers or shareholders, except debts of reasonable amount arising in the ordinary course of its business that are not overdue having regard to its ordinary terms of credit.

3.�� Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan or otherwise, from subsidiaries whose financial statements are not consolidated with those of the company.

4.�� Debts owing to the company, whether on account of a loan or otherwise, from affiliated companies other than subsidiaries.

5.�� Other debts owing to the company, segregating those that arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.

6.�� Inventory, stating the basis of valuation.

7.�� Shares, bonds, debentures and other investments owned by the company, except those referred to in items 8 and 9, stating their nature and the basis of their valuation and showing separately those that are marketable with a notation of their market value.

8.�� Shares or securities of subsidiaries whose financial statements are not consolidated with those of the company, stating the basis of valuation.

9.�� Shares or securities of affiliated companies other than subsidiaries, stating the basis of valuation.

10.�� Lands, buildings, and plant and equipment, stating the basis of valuation, whether cost or otherwise, and, if valued on the basis of an appraisal, the date of appraisal, the name of the appraiser, the basis of the appraisal value and, if such appraisal took place within five years preceding the date to which the balance sheet is made up, the disposition in the accounts of the company of any amounts added to or deducted from such assets on appraisal and also the amount or amounts accumulated in respect of depreciation, obsolescence and depletion.

11.�� There shall be stated under separate headings, in so far as they are not written off, (i) expenditures on account of future business; (ii) any expense incurred in connection with any issue of shares; (iii) any expense incurred in connection with any issue of securities, including any discount thereon; and (iv) any one or more of the following: goodwill, franchises, patents, copyrights, trade marks and other intangible assets and the amount, if any, by which the value of any such assets has been written up after the 30th day of April, 1954.

12.�� The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under clauses 24��(2)��(c), (d) and (e).

13.�� Bank loans and overdrafts.

14.�� Debts owing by the company on loans from its directors, officers or shareholders.

15.�� Debts owing by the company to subsidiaries whose financial statements are not consolidated with those of the company, whether on account of a loan or otherwise.

16.�� Debts owing by the company to affiliated companies other than subsidiaries whether on account of a loan or otherwise.

17.�� Other debts owing by the company, segregating those that arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business.

18.�� Liability for taxes, including the estimated liability for taxes in respect of the income of the period covered by the statement of profit and loss.

19.�� Dividends declared but not paid.

20.�� Deferred income.

21.�� Securities issued by the company, stating the interest rate, the maturity date, the amount outstanding and the existence of sinking fund, redemption requirements and conversion rights, if any.

22.�� The authorized capital, giving the number of each class of shares and a brief description of each such class, and indicating therein any class of shares that is redeemable and the redemption price thereof.

23.�� The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor that is attributable to capital, and showing,

(a)�� the number of shares of each class issued since the date of the last balance sheet and the value attributed thereto, distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares issued for services and shares issued for other consideration; and

(b)�� where any shares have not been fully paid,

(i)�� the number of shares in respect of which calls have not been made and the aggregate amount that has not been called, and

(ii)�� the number of shares in respect of which calls have been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that has been called and not paid.

24.�� Contributed surplus.

25.�� Earned surplus.

26.�� Reserves, showing the amounts added thereto and the amounts deducted therefrom during the financial period.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��101.

Notes to balance sheet

102 Explanatory information or particulars of any item mentioned in section 101 may be shown by way of note to the balance sheet.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��102.

Notes to financial statement

103 (1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial statement particulars of any change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or practice made during the period covered that affects the comparability of any of the statements with any of those for the preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such change upon the profit or loss for the period.

Change in accounting practice

(2) For the purpose of subsection (1), a change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with that for the preceding period, even though it did not have a material effect upon the profit or loss for the period.

Idem

(3) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:

1.�� The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other than the currency in which the financial statement is expressed.

2.�� Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of the company.

3.�� Contractual obligations that will require abnormal expenditures in relation to the company’s normal business requirements or financial position or that are likely to involve losses not provided for in the accounts.

4.�� Material contractual obligations in respect of long-term leases, including, in the year in which the transaction was effected, the principal details of any sale and lease transaction.

5.�� Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where practicable, the approximate amounts involved.

6.�� Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law on any asset of the company, stating the liability so secured.

7.�� Any default of the company in principal, interest, sinking fund or redemption provisions with respect to any issue of its securities or credit agreements.

8.�� The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.

9.�� Where a company has contracted to issue shares or has given an option to purchase shares, the class and number of shares affected, the price and the date for issue of the shares or exercise of the option.

10.�� The aggregate direct remuneration paid or payable by the company and its subsidiaries whose financial statements are consolidated with those of the company to the directors, and the senior officers as defined in subsection 72��(1), of the company and, as a separate amount, the aggregate direct remuneration paid or payable to such directors and senior officers by the subsidiaries of the company whose financial statements are not consolidated with those of the company.

11.�� In the case of a holding company, the aggregate of any shares in, and the aggregate of any securities of, the holding company held by subsidiary companies whose financial statements are not consolidated with that of the holding company.

12.�� The amount of any loans by the company, or by a subsidiary company, otherwise than in the ordinary course of business, during the company’s financial period, to the directors or officers of the company.

13.�� Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the company or by contract on the payment of dividends that is significant in the light of the company’s financial position.

14.�� Any event or transaction, other than one in the normal course of business operations, between the date to which the financial statement is made up and the date of the auditor’s report thereon that materially affects the financial statement.

15.�� In the case of a public company, the amount of any obligation for pension benefits arising from service prior to the date of the balance sheet, whether or not such obligation has been provided for in the accounts of the company, the manner in which the company proposes to satisfy such obligation and the basis on which it has charged or proposes to charge the related costs against operations.

Idem

(4) A note to a financial statement is a part of it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��103.

Insignificant circumstances

104 Despite sections 98 to 103, it is not necessary to state in a financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of relative insignificance.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��104.

Consolidated financial statement

105 (1) A company, in this section referred to as “the holding company”, may include in the financial statement to be submitted at an annual meeting the assets and liabilities and income and expense of any one or more of its subsidiaries, making due provision for minority interests, if any, and indicating in such financial statement that it is presented in consolidated form. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��105 (1).

Idem

(2) Where the assets and liabilities and income and expense of any one or more subsidiaries of the holding company are not so included in the financial statement of the holding company,

(a)�� the financial statement of the holding company shall include a statement setting forth,

(i)�� the reason why the assets and liabilities and income and expense of such subsidiary or subsidiaries are not included in the financial statement of the holding company,

(ii)�� if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the holding company’s proportion of the profit or loss of such subsidiary for the financial period coinciding with or ending in the financial period of the holding company, or, if there is more than one such subsidiary, the amount of the holding company’s proportion of the aggregate profits less losses, or losses less profits, of all such subsidiaries for the respective financial periods coinciding with or ending in the financial period of the holding company,

(iii)�� the amount included as income from such subsidiary or subsidiaries in the statement of profit and loss of the holding company and the amount included therein as a provision for the loss or losses of such subsidiary or subsidiaries,

(iv)�� if there is only one such subsidiary, the amount of the holding company’s proportion of the undistributed profits of such subsidiary earned since the acquisition of the shares of such subsidiary by the holding company to the extent that such amount has not been taken into the accounts of the holding company, or, if there is more than one such subsidiary, the amount of the holding company’s proportion of the aggregate undistributed profits of all such subsidiaries earned since the acquisition of their shares by the holding company less its proportion of the losses, if any, suffered by any such subsidiary since the acquisition of its shares to the extent that such amount has not been taken into the accounts of the holding company,

(v)�� any qualifications contained in the report of the auditor of any such subsidiary on its financial statement for the financial period ending as aforesaid, and any note or reference contained in that financial statement to call attention to a matter that, apart from the note or reference, would properly have been referred to in such a qualification, in so far as the matter that is the subject of the qualification or note is not provided for by the company’s own financial statement and is material from the point of view of its shareholders;

(b)�� if for any reason the directors of the holding company are unable to obtain such information as is necessary for the preparation of the statement that is to be included in the financial statement of the holding company, the directors who sign the financial statement shall so report in writing and their report shall be included in the financial statement in lieu of the statement;

(c)�� true copies of the latest financial statement of such subsidiary or subsidiaries shall be kept on hand by the holding company at its head office and shall be open to inspection by the shareholders of the holding company on request during the normal business hours of the holding company, but the directors of the holding company may by resolution refuse the right of such inspection if such inspection is not in the public interest or would prejudice the holding company or such subsidiary or subsidiaries, which resolution may, on the application of any such shareholder to the court, be set aside by the court;

(d)�� if, in the opinion of the auditor of the holding company, adequate provision has not been made in the financial statement of the holding company for the holding company’s proportion,

(i)�� where there is only one such subsidiary, of the loss of such subsidiary suffered since acquisition of its shares by the holding company, or

(ii)�� where there is more than one such subsidiary, of the aggregate losses suffered by such subsidiaries since acquisition of their shares by the holding company in excess of its proportion of the undistributed profits, if any, earned by any of such subsidiaries since such acquisition,

the auditor shall state in the auditor’s report the additional amount that in the auditor’s opinion is necessary to make full provision therefor. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��105 (2).

Inspection by remote means

(3) A holding company may, but is not required to, permit a shareholder of the holding company to inspect the financial statements referred to in clause (2) (c) remotely at any time by means of any technology. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 7.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Deeming provisions: subsidiary company

106 (1) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to be a subsidiary of another company if, but only if,

(a)�� it is controlled by,

(i)�� that other, or

(ii)�� that other and one or more companies each of which is controlled by that other, or

(iii)�� two or more companies each of which is controlled by that other; or

(b)�� it is a subsidiary of a company that is that other’s subsidiary.

holding company

(2) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to be another’s holding company if, but only if, that other is its subsidiary.

affiliated company

(3) For the purposes of this Act, one company shall be deemed to be affiliated with another company if, but only if, one of them is the subsidiary of the other or both are subsidiaries of the same company or each of them is controlled by the same person.

Control

(4) For the purposes of this Act, a company shall be deemed to be controlled by another company or person or by two or more companies if, but only if,

(a)�� shares of the first-mentioned company carrying more than 50 per cent of the votes for the election of directors are held, otherwise than by way of security only, by or for the benefit of such other company or person or by or for the benefit of such other companies; and

(b)�� the votes carried by such shares are sufficient, if exercised, to elect a majority of the board of directors of the first-mentioned company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��106.

Reserves

107 In a financial statement, the term “reserve” shall be used to describe only,

(a)�� amounts appropriated from earned surplus at the discretion of management for some purpose other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has already occurred;

(b)�� amounts appropriated from earned surplus pursuant to the instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument of incorporation or by-laws of the company for some purpose other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has already occurred; and

(c)�� amounts appropriated from earned surplus in accordance with the terms of a contract and that can be restored to the earned surplus when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��107.

Approval of financial statement

108 The financial statement shall be approved by the board of directors, such approval to be evidenced by the signature at the foot of the balance sheet by two of the directors duly authorized to sign, and the auditor’s report shall be attached to the financial statement or there shall be inserted at the foot of the balance sheet a reference to the report.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��108.

Mailing of financial statement to shareholders

109 (1) A public company shall, ten days or more before the date of the annual meeting, send to each shareholder at the shareholder’s last address as shown on the books of the company a copy of the financial statement and a copy of the auditor’s report. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��109 (1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 8.

Financial statement, private companies

(2) A shareholder of a private company is entitled to be furnished by the company on demand with a copy of the documents mentioned in subsection (1). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��109 (2).

Offence

(3) A company that fails to comply with subsection (1) or (2) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200, and every director or officer of the company who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such failure is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��109 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Comparative interim financial statement

110 (1) A public company shall send to each shareholder a copy of a comparative interim financial statement for the six-month period that commenced on the date of incorporation or, if the company has completed a financial year, for the six-month period that commenced immediately after the end of the last completed financial year and for the comparable six-month period, if any, in the twelve months immediately preceding the commencement of the six-month period in respect of which such interim financial statement is issued, made up of,

(a)�� a statement of source and application of funds for each period that complies with section 100; and

(b)�� sufficient relevant financial information in summary form to present fairly the results of the operations of the company for each period, including,

(i)�� a statement of sales or gross operating revenue,

(ii)�� extraordinary items of income or expense,

(iii)�� net income before taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority,

(iv)�� taxes on income imposed by any taxing authority, and

(v)�� net profit or loss. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (1).

Idem

(2) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1) may omit either or both of,

(a)�� the information relating to the comparable period; and

(b)�� the statement of source and application of funds,

if the reason for the omission or omissions, as the case may be, is set out in the interim financial statement or by way of note thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (2).

Idem

(3) There shall be stated by way of note to the interim financial statement required by subsection (1) particulars of any change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or practice made during the period covered that affects the comparability of such statement with the statement for the preceding period or with the interim financial statement for a part of the preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such change upon the profit or loss for the period covered by the interim financial statement. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (3).

Idem

(4) For the purpose of subsection (3), a change in accounting principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting principle or practice affects the comparability of a statement with that for the preceding period or part thereof, even though it did not have a material effect upon the profit or loss for the period covered by the interim financial statement. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (4).

Idem

(5) The interim financial statement required by subsection (1) shall be sent to each shareholder, within sixty days of the date to which it is made up, at the shareholder’s last address as shown on the books of the company. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (5); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 9.

Offence

(6) A company that fails to comply with this section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and every director or officer of the company who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in any such failure is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��110 (6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Subsidiaries not to hold shares of holding companies

111 (1) Except in the cases mentioned in this section, a company shall not be a shareholder of a company that is its holding company, and any allotment or transfer of shares of a company to its subsidiary company is void. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��111��(1).

Application

(2) This section does not apply to a subsidiary holding shares as executor, administrator, guardian or trustee unless the holding company or a subsidiary thereof is beneficially interested under the trust and is not so interested only by way of security for the purposes of a transaction entered into by it in the ordinary course of a business that includes the lending of money.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��111��(2); 1992, c.��32, s.��6��(8).

Exception

(3) This section does not prevent a subsidiary that on the 30th day of April, 1954, held shares of its holding company from continuing to hold such shares, but, subject to subsection (2), the subsidiary has no right to vote at meetings of shareholders of the holding company or at meetings of any class of shareholders thereof.

Nominees

(4) Subject to subsection (2), subsections (1) and (3) apply in relation to a nominee for a company that is a subsidiary as if the references in subsections (1) and (3) to such a company included references to a nominee for it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��111��(3, 4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1992, c.��32, s.��6��(8) - 03/04/1995

Arrangements

112 (1) In this section,

“arrangement” includes a reorganization of the authorized capital of a company and includes, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the consolidation of shares of different classes, the reclassification of shares of a class into shares of another class and the variation of the terms, preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to shares of any class, and includes a reconstruction under which a company transfers or sells or proposes to transfer or to sell to another company the whole or a substantial part of its undertaking for a consideration consisting in whole or in part of shares or securities of the other company and in which it proposes to distribute a part of such consideration among its shareholders of any class or to cease carrying on its undertaking or the part of its undertaking so transferred or sold or so proposed to be transferred or sold. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��112 (1).

Court ordered meetings

(2) Where an arrangement is proposed between a company and its shareholders or a class or classes of them affecting the rights of such shareholders or class or classes under the company’s letters patent or supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on application of the company or of a shareholder, order a meeting of the shareholders of the company or of the class or classes affected, as the case may be, to be held on twenty-one days notice, or such shorter time as the court directs, served in such manner as the court directs. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��112 (2).

Contents of notice calling meeting

(3) Where a meeting of the shareholders or of any class or classes of shareholders is called under subsection (2), the notice calling the meeting shall contain a statement explaining the effect of the arrangement and in particular stating any interest of the directors of the company, whether as directors or as shareholders of the company or otherwise, and the effect thereon of the arrangement, in so far as it is different from the effect on the like interest of other persons. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��112 (3).

Sanction by court

(4) If the shareholders of the company or of the class or classes affected, as the case may be, present in person or by proxy at the meeting, agree by at least three-fourths of the shares of each class represented to the arrangement either as proposed or as varied at the meeting, the arrangement may be sanctioned by the court and, if so sanctioned, the arrangement and any decrease or increase in the authorized capital and any provisions for the allotment or disposition thereof by sale or otherwise as therein set forth may be confirmed by supplementary letters patent and thereupon is binding on the company and on the shareholders of the company or on the class or classes of shareholders affected. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��112 (4).

Notice to dissenters

(5) If dissenting votes are cast at the meeting and, despite such dissenting votes, the arrangement is agreed to by the shareholders or the class or classes represented in accordance with subsection (4) and unless the court in its discretion otherwise orders, the company shall notify each dissenting shareholder in such manner as the court directs of the time and place when application will be made to it for the sanction of the arrangement. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��112 (5).

Notice to Minister

(6) An applicant under this section shall give the Minister notice of the application, and the Minister is entitled to appear before the court and be heard in person or by counsel. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 25.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Amalgamation

113 (1) Any two or more companies, including a holding and subsidiary company, having the same or similar objects may amalgamate and continue as one company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��113��(1).

Agreement

(2) The companies proposing to amalgamate may enter into an agreement for the amalgamation prescribing the terms and conditions of the amalgamation, the mode of carrying the amalgamation into effect and stating the name of the amalgamated company, the names and address for service of each of the first directors of the company and how and when the subsequent directors are to be elected with such other details as may be necessary to perfect the amalgamation and to provide for the subsequent management and working of the amalgamated company, the authorized capital of the amalgamated company and the manner of converting the authorized capital of each of the companies into that of the amalgamated company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��113��(2); 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(4).

Adoption by shareholders

(3) The agreement shall be submitted to the shareholders of each of the amalgamating companies at general meetings thereof called for the purpose of considering the agreement, and, if two-thirds of the votes cast at each such meeting are in favour of the adoption of the agreement, that fact shall be certified upon the agreement by the secretary of each of the amalgamating companies.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��113��(3); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��64.

Joint application for letters patent

(4) If the agreement is adopted in accordance with subsection (3), the amalgamating companies may apply jointly to the Minister for letters patent confirming the agreement and amalgamating the companies so applying, and on and from the date of the letters patent such companies are amalgamated and are continued as one company by the name in the letters patent provided, and the amalgamated company possesses all the property, rights, privileges and franchises and is subject to all liabilities, contracts, disabilities and debts of each of the amalgamating companies.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��113��(4); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 26.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��64 - 01/03/1999

- 29/06/2001

- 19/10/2021

Distribution of assets where winding up protracted

114 (1) Where a company has ceased to carry on business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs and has no debts or obligations that have not been provided for or protected, the directors may pass by-laws for distributing in money, kind, specie or otherwise the property of the company or any part of it rateably among the shareholders according to their rights and interests in the company.

Confirmation

(2) The by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the shareholders duly called for considering the by-law nor until it has been confirmed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��114.

Private companies contravening privileges, etc.

115 (1) If a private company contravenes any of the provisions of its special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities, it ceases to be entitled to the privileges and exemptions conferred on private companies under this Act and thereupon this Act applies to the company as if it were not a private company.

Relief

(2) The court, on being satisfied that any such contravention was accidental or due to inadvertence or to some other sufficient cause, or that on other grounds it is just and equitable to grant relief, may, on the application of the company or any other person interested and on such terms and conditions as the court considers proper, order that the company be relieved from the consequences mentioned in subsection (1).

Offence

(3) In addition to the consequences mentioned in subsection (1), every private company that contravenes any of the provisions of its special Act, letters patent or supplementary letters patent respecting the restriction on the right to transfer its shares, the limitation on the number of its shareholders or the prohibition on invitations to the public to subscribe for its shares or securities, and every director or officer of the company who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any such contravention, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��115.

Private company, rights of dissenting shareholders

116 (1) If, in the case of a private company, at a meeting of shareholders,

(a)�� a resolution passed by the directors authorizing the sale or disposition of the undertaking of the company or any part thereof as an entirety or substantially as an entirety is confirmed with or without variation by the shareholders;

(b)�� a resolution passed by the directors authorizing an application for the issue of supplementary letters patent providing for the conversion of the company into a public company is confirmed with or without variation by the shareholders; or

(c)�� an agreement for the amalgamation of the company with one or more other companies, whether public or private, is confirmed by the shareholders,

any shareholder who has voted against the confirmation of such resolution or agreement, as the case may be, may within two days after the date of the meeting give notice in writing to the company requiring it to purchase the shareholder’s shares.

Company bound to purchase shares

(2) Within ninety days from the date of the completion of the sale or disposition or the issue of the supplementary letters patent or the letters patent, as the case may be, the company shall purchase the shares of every shareholder who has given notice under subsection (1).

Saving

(3) The company shall not purchase any shares under subsection (2) if it is insolvent or if such purchase would render the company insolvent.

Price of shares

(4) The price and terms of the purchase of such shares shall be as may be agreed upon by the company and the dissenting shareholder, but, if they fail to agree, the price and terms shall be as determined by the court on the application of the dissenting shareholder.

Sale of shares

(5) Any shares purchased under subsection (2) shall not be cancelled by reason only of such purchase, and may be sold by the company at such price and on such terms as the directors determine.

Where sale not completed

(6) If the sale or disposition is not completed or the supplementary letters patent or letters patent are not issued, the rights of the dissenting shareholder under this section cease and the company shall not purchase the shares of such shareholder under this section.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��116.

PART III
CORPORATIONS WITHOUT SHARE CAPITAL

117 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 27.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

117.1 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 28 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021

Incorporation

118 A corporation may be incorporated under this Part only if Part V would apply to the corporation. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 29.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(5) - 01/03/1995

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Application for incorporation

119 (1) The applicants for the incorporation of a corporation shall file with the Minister an application showing:

1.�� The names in full and the address for service of each of the applicants.

2.�� The name of the corporation to be incorporated.

3.�� The objects for which the corporation is to be incorporated.

4.�� The place in �������� where the head office of the corporation is to be situate.

5.�� The names of the applicants who are to be the first directors of the corporation.

6.�� Any other matters that the applicants desire to have embodied in the letters patent.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��119��(1); 2001, c.��9, Sched.��D, s.��5��(5); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 30.

Idem

(2) The applicants may ask to have embodied in the letters patent any provision that may be made the subject of a by-law of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��119��(2).

Exception

(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a provision providing for the election and retirement of directors in accordance with subsection 287 (2) or (5).�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��65.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��65 - 01/03/1999

- 29/06/2001

- 19/10/2021

Classes of membership

120 The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a corporation may provide for more than one class of membership and in that case shall set forth the designation of and the terms and conditions attaching to each class.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��120.

Applicants become members

121 Upon incorporation of a corporation, each applicant becomes a member thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��121.

Members not liable

122 A member shall not, as such, be held answerable or responsible for any act, default, obligation or liability of the corporation or for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury, transaction, matter or thing relating to or connected with the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��122.

Number of members

123 Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a corporation otherwise provide, there is no limit on the number of members of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��123.

Admission to membership

124 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a person or unincorporated association may be admitted to membership in a corporation by resolution of the board of directors, but the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide that such resolution is not effective until it has been confirmed by the members in general meeting.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��124��(1); 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(6).

Idem

(2) The letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a corporation may provide for the admission of members by virtue of their office.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��124��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(6) - 01/03/1995

Voting powers of members

125 Each member of each class of members of a corporation has one vote, unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the corporation provide that each such member has more than one vote or has no vote.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��125.

Members’ meetings

125.1 (1) Unless the by-laws of a corporation provide otherwise, a meeting of the members may be held by telephonic or electronic means and a member who, through those means, votes at the meeting or establishes a communications link to the meeting is deemed for the purposes of this Act to be present at the meeting. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 31 (1).

Non-application of this section

(2) This section does not apply to a corporation to which Part V applies. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 31 (1).

Note: On a day to be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor, section 125.1 of the Act is repealed. (See: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 31 (2) and 2021, c. 25, Sched. 2, s. 2)

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017; - not in force

126 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 32.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

126.1 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 33 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 13/01/2018; - 19/10/2021

126.2 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 34 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 13/01/2018; - 19/10/2021

126.3 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 35 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021

Directors by virtue of their office

127 Subject to section 286, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of a corporation may provide for persons becoming directors by virtue of their office, in lieu of election.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��127.

127.1 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 36 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 13/01/2018; - 19/10/2021

127.2 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 37 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021

Memberships not transferable, termination

128 (1) Unless the letters patent or supplementary letters patent otherwise provide, the interest of a member in a corporation is not transferable and lapses and ceases to exist upon the member’s death or when the member ceases to be a member by resignation or otherwise in accordance with the by-laws of the corporation.

Where transferable

(2) Where the letters patent or supplementary letters patent provide that the interest of a member in the corporation is transferable, the by-laws shall not restrict the transfer of such interest.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��128.

By-laws

129 (1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws not contrary to this Act or to the letters patent or supplementary letters patent to regulate,

(a)�� the admission of persons and unincorporated associations as members and as members by virtue of their office and the qualification of and the conditions of membership;

(b)�� the fees and dues of members;

(c)�� the issue of membership cards and certificates;

(d)�� the suspension and termination of memberships by the corporation and by the member;

(e)�� the transfer of memberships;

(f)�� the qualification of and the remuneration of the directors and the directors by virtue of their office, if any;

(g)�� the time for and the manner of election of directors;

(h)�� the appointment, remuneration, functions, duties and removal of agents, officers and employees of the corporation and the security, if any, to be given by them to it;

(i)�� the time and place and the notice to be given for the holding of meetings of the members and of the board of directors, the quorum at meetings of members, the requirement as to proxies, and the procedure in all things at members’ meetings and at meetings of the board of directors;

(j)�� the conduct in all other particulars of the affairs of the corporation.

Confirmation

(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) and a repeal, amendment or re-enactment thereof, unless in the meantime confirmed at a general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose, is effective only until the next annual meeting of the members unless confirmed thereat, and, in default of confirmation thereat, ceases to have effect at and from that time, and in that case no new by-law of the same or like substance has any effect until confirmed at a general meeting of the members.

Rejection

(3) The members may at the general meeting or the annual meeting mentioned in subsection (2) confirm, reject, amend or otherwise deal with any by-law passed by the directors and submitted to the meeting for confirmation, but no act done or right acquired under any such by-law is prejudicially affected by any such rejection, amendment or other dealing.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��129.

By-laws respecting delegates

130 (1) The directors of a corporation may pass by-laws providing for,

(a)�� the division of its members into groups that are composed of territorial groups, common interest groups or both territorial and common interest groups;

(b)�� the election of some or all of its directors,

(i)�� by such groups on the basis of the number of members in each group, or

(ii)�� for the groups in a defined geographical area, by the delegates of such groups meeting together;

(c)�� the election of delegates and alternative delegates to represent each group on the basis of the number of members in each group;

(d)�� the number and method of electing delegates;

(e)�� the holding of meetings of delegates;

(f)�� the authority of delegates at meetings or providing that a meeting of delegates shall for all purposes be deemed to be and to have all the powers of a meeting of the members;

(g)�� the holding of meetings of members or delegates territorially or on the basis of common interest.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��130��(1); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��66.

Confirmation

(2) No by-law passed under subsection (1) is effective until it has been confirmed by at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the members duly called for considering the by-law.

Voting

(3) A delegate has only one vote and shall not vote by proxy.

Qualification of delegates

(4) No person shall be elected a delegate who is not a member of the corporation.

Saving

(5) No such by-law shall prohibit members from attending meetings of delegates and participating in the discussions at such meetings.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��130 (2-5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��66 - 01/03/1999

130.1 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 38 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 13/01/2018; - 19/10/2021

Supplementary letters patent

131 (1) A corporation may apply to the Minister for the issue of supplementary letters patent,

(a)�� extending, limiting or otherwise varying its objects;

(b)�� changing its name;

(c)�� varying any provision in its letters patent or prior supplementary letters patent;

(d)�� providing for any matter or thing in respect of which provision may be made in letters patent under this Act;

(e)�� converting it into a company;

(f)�� converting it into a corporation, with or without share capital.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��131 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 39.

Authorization

(2) An application under subsection (1) shall be authorized by a special resolution.�� 1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��21.

(3) Repealed:�� 1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��21.

Contents of application for conversion into company

(4) If the application is under clause (1)��(e) or (f) and the corporation is to become a company, the application shall set forth the authorized capital, the classes of shares, if any, into which it is to be divided, the number of shares of each class, the par value of each share or, where the shares are to be without par value, the consideration, if any, exceeding which each share or the aggregate consideration, if any, exceeding which all the shares of each class may not be issued, and, where there are to be preference shares, the preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to them or each class of them, and the terms and conditions on which the members will become shareholders.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��131 (4).

(5) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��67.

Special Act corporations excepted

(6) This section does not apply to a corporation incorporated by special Act, except that a corporation incorporated by special Act may apply under this section for the issue of supplementary letters patent changing its name.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��131��(6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��67 - 01/03/1999; 1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��21 - 27/03/2000

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Disposition of property on dissolution

132 (1) A corporation may pass by-laws providing that, upon its dissolution and after payment of all of its debts and liabilities, its remaining property or a part of that property shall be distributed or disposed of to the Crown in right of �������� or its agents, the Crown in right of Canada or its agents, municipal corporations, charitable organizations or organizations whose objects are beneficial to the community.�� 2004, c.��19, s.��10��(1).

Confirmation

(2) Such a by-law is not effective until it has been confirmed by two-thirds of the votes cast at a general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��132��(2).

(3), (4) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��68.

Where no by-law

(5) In the absence of such by-law and upon the dissolution of the corporation, the whole of its remaining property shall be distributed equally among the members or, if the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, among the members of a class or classes of members.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��132��(5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��68 - 01/03/1999

- 01/06/2005

Application of Part II provisions to Part III corporations

133 (1) Section 22, clauses 23��(1)��(a) to (p) and (s) to (v), subsection 23��(2), sections 59 to 61, 67, 69 to 71, 80 to 82, 84, 93 and 94, subsection 95��(1), sections 96 and 96.1, clauses 97��(1)��(a), (c) and (d), subsection 97��(3) and section 113 apply with necessary modifications to corporations to which this Part applies, and in so applying them the words “company” and “private company” mean “corporation” and the word “shareholder” means “member”.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��133��(1); 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(7); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��69��(1).

(2) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 40.

(2.1) Repealed:�� 2006, c.��34, s.��10��(2).

(2.2) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 40.

Insurers

(3) Clauses 97��(1)��(a), (c) and (d), subsections 97��(2) and (3), subsection 98��(1), except clause (a) thereof, subsection 98��(2), sections 99, 101, 102, 107 and 108 and subsections 109��(1) and (3) apply with necessary modifications to corporations to which Part V applies, and in so applying them the words “company” and “private company” mean “corporation” and the word “shareholder” means “member”.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��133��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(7) - 01/03/1995; 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��69 (1) - 01/03/1999

- 01/03/1999

- 01/08/2007

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Part iv (s. 134-139) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 41.

134-139 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 41.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

PART V
INSURANCE CORPORATIONS

Insurance Act definitions

140 (1) In this Part, unless the context otherwise requires, words and expressions defined under section 1 or 43 of the Insurance Act have the same meaning as in that Act.�� 2004, c.��31, Sched.��38, s.��1.

Definitions

(2) In this Part,

“county” means an upper-tier municipality and a single-tier municipality that is not within a territorial district or within an upper-tier municipality; (“comté”)

“spouse” means,

(a)�� a spouse as defined in section 1 of the Family Law Act, or

(b)�� either of two persons who live together in a conjugal relationship outside marriage. (“conjoint”)�� 2002, c.��17, Sched.��F, Table; 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(2).

Meaning of “affiliated”

(3) For the purposes of this Part, an individual is affiliated with an insurer if he or she is affiliated with the insurer for the purposes of Part II.2 of the Insurance Act.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��17.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/01/2003

- 30/04/2007

- 09/03/2005

- 05/05/2008

Application of Part

141 (1) This Part applies to all applications for incorporation of insurers intending to undertake contracts of insurance in ��������, and to such insurers when incorporated, and to all insurers incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, under the laws of ��������.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��141��(1).

Application of Act

(2) Except as otherwise provided in this Part, the provisions of this Act that are not inconsistent with this Part apply to all insurers to which this Part applies.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��18��(1).

Exception, s. 24

(2.1) Section 24 does not apply to an insurer.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��18��(2).

Exception

(3) Sections 97 to 107 and 110 do not apply to insurers undertaking and transacting life insurance.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��141��(3).

Syndicates excluded

(4) Corporations incorporated for the sole purpose of participating in or constituting a syndicate operating on The Canadian Insurance Exchange are not insurers within the meaning of subsection (1).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��141��(4).

Networking

(5) An insurer incorporated under this Act may,

(a)�� act as an agent for any person in respect of the provision of a service that is provided by,

(i)�� a financial institution,

(ii)�� an entity that is a permitted entity with respect to the insurer for the purposes of Part XVII of the Insurance Act, or

(iii)�� another entity if regulations have been made under the Insurance Act that will apply to the networking arrangements between the insurer and that entity;

(b)�� enter into an arrangement with any person in respect of the provision of that service; and

(c)�� refer any other person to a person referred to in clause (a) or (b).�� 1994, c. 11, s. 384; 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��18��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c. 11, s. 384 - 01/03/1995

- 05/05/2008

Application of ss. 141.2 to 141.4

141.1 (1) Except as otherwise provided by this section, sections 141.2, 141.3 and 141.4 apply to all insurers to which this Part applies.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Pension funds and employees’ mutual benefit societies

(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), pension funds and employees’ mutual benefit societies incorporated under section 185 are not considered to be insurers.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Exemptions

(3) Subsections 141.2 (2) to (9) do not apply to,

(a)�� an insurer who is a reporting issuer under the Securities Act;

(b)�� an insurer who is exempt from section 121.24 of the Insurance Act.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Board of directors of insurer

Number of directors

141.2 (1) Despite subsection 283 (2) and subject to subsection 165 (1) and subsection 210 (2), the board of directors of an insurer shall be composed of at least six persons.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Limit on affiliated directors

(2) Not more than two-thirds of the directors of an insurer shall be affiliated with the insurer. ��2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Determination of whether a person is affiliated

(3) The determination of whether an individual is affiliated with an insurer,

(a)�� shall be made annually, as of the day the notice of the annual general meeting of the insurer is sent to the members, participating policyholders or shareholders of the insurer; and

(b)�� shall apply for the period commencing on the day of that annual general meeting and ending on the day before the next following annual general meeting of the insurer, irrespective of whether the individual would have otherwise become affiliated or ceased to be affiliated with the insurer during that period.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

If person deemed affiliated under Insurance Act

(4) Despite subsection (3), if the Chief Executive Officer makes a determination under section 121.23 of the Insurance Act that an individual is affiliated with an insurer, the individual continues to be affiliated with the insurer for the period determined under that section.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Quorum must include non-affiliated director

(5) Despite subsection 70 (3), section 173 and subsection 288 (1), a quorum of the board of directors of an insurer must include at least one director who is not affiliated with the insurer.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Exception

(6) Up to four employees of an insurer or a subsidiary of the insurer may be directors of the insurer, but any such directors must not constitute a majority of the board.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Rules when second election required

(7) Despite subsection 288 (2), if there is a failure to elect a board of directors that complies with the requirements of this Part, the following rules apply:��

1.�� The directors holding office immediately before the election shall continue in office until their successors are elected.

2.�� The directors then in office shall, without delay, call a special meeting of the members, participating policyholders or shareholders, as the case may be, to fill the vacancy or vacancies, and if they fail to call a meeting or if there are no directors then in office, any member, participating policyholder or shareholder, as the case may be, may call the special meeting.

3.�� Despite clause (3) (b), the determination of whether an individual is affiliated shall apply commencing on the day of that special meeting and ending on the day before the next following annual general meeting of the insurer, irrespective of whether the individual would have otherwise become affiliated or ceased to be affiliated with the insurer during that period.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Vacancy

(8) Despite subsection 288 (2), a vacancy occurring in the board of directors must be filled for the remainder of the term by the directors then in office as soon as practicable after the vacancy occurs if the vacancy results in more than two-thirds of the directors of the insurer being affiliated with the insurer.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Determination of whether new director is affiliated

(9) The determination of whether an individual who fills a vacancy occurring in the board of directors is affiliated with an insurer shall be made as of the day the individual fills the vacancy and shall apply until the day before the next following annual general meeting of the insurer, irrespective of whether the individual would have otherwise become affiliated or ceased to be affiliated with the insurer during that period.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

- 08/06/2019

Committees

141.3 The directors of an insurer shall establish such committees of the directors as may be required under the Insurance Act or under the regulations made under that Act.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Validity of decisions

141.4 No decision of the board of directors or executive committee of an insurer is invalid by reason of any failure to comply with any requirement in section 141.2 or 141.3.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��19.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Incorporation of joint stock insurance companies

142 (1) A joint stock insurance company may be incorporated for the purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance for which a joint stock insurance company may be licensed under the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��142 (1).

Notice

(2) Applicants for incorporation shall, immediately before the application is made, publish in at least four consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette notice of their intention to apply, and shall also, if so required by the Minister, publish elsewhere notice of such intention. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��142 (2).

Notice to Chief Executive Officer

(3) Applicants for incorporation shall also give at least one month’s notice to the Chief Executive Officer of their intention to apply for incorporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��142 (3); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Exception, life insurance

(4) After the day section 2 of Schedule 5 to the Plan for Care and Opportunity Act (Budget Measures), 2018, comes into force, no joint stock insurance company may be incorporated under this section for the purpose of undertaking and transacting life insurance. 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 2.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Authorized capital

Definition

143 (1) In this section,

“money received on account of shares” includes money received as premium on shares.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (1).

Minimum authorized capital

(2) The authorized capital of a company shall be not less than $500,000.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (2).

Exception

(3) A company whose authorized capital immediately before the 13th day of June, 1968 was less than $500,000 shall not decrease its authorized capital, and subsection (2) does not apply to the corporation until its authorized capital is increased to $500,000 or more.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (3).

Par value of shares

(4) The authorized capital shall be divided into shares of $100 each, but, where not less than $200,000 of the authorized capital has been paid in in cash, the shares or any class of shares may be redivided into shares having a par value of $1 or a multiple thereof, or an additional class or classes of shares having a par value of $1 or a multiple thereof may be created.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (4).

Application of money received on account of shares

(5) All money received on account of shares shall be paid into a trust account in a financial institution described in subsection (5.1) in trust for the proposed company and no money paid on account of shares before the first general meeting of the company has been organized shall be withdrawn or paid over to the company until after such meeting has been organized and an election of directors held thereat.�� 2007, c.��7, Sched.��7, s.��183 (1).

Financial institutions

(5.1) A financial institution referred to in subsection (5) is,

(a)�� a bank or authorized foreign bank within the meaning of section 2 of the Bank Act (Canada);

(b)�� a corporation registered under the Loan and Trust Corporations Act;

(c)�� a credit union within the meaning of the Credit Unions and Caisses Populaires Act, 2020; or

(d)�� a retail association as defined under the Cooperative Credit Associations Act (Canada).�� 2007, c.��7, Sched.��7, s.��183 (1); 2020, c. 36, Sched. 7, s. 305 (1).

Return of subscriptions on failure to secure licence

(6) A subscription for shares made before the granting of a licence under the Insurance Act shall contain the stipulation that all money received on account of shares will be returned to the subscribers without any deduction for promotion, organization or other expenses, in case the insurer fails to procure such a licence.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (6).

Limit of percentage of subscriptions for charges

(7) A subscription for shares shall contain the stipulation that no sum will be used or paid, before or after incorporation, for commission, promotion or organization expenses in excess of a percentage, not exceeding 15, of the amount of money received on account of shares.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��143 (7).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2009

- 01/03/2022

Reduction of capital

Definition

144 (1) In subsection (2),

“surplus to policyholders” means surplus of assets over liabilities excluding issued capital shown in the annual financial statement of the company at the end of the next preceding calendar year as filed with and approved by the Chief Executive Officer. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��144 (1); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Reduction of capital of life insurance companies

(2) Where a company undertaking life insurance has insurance in force of less than $25,000,000 and has a surplus to policyholders of more than $500,000, the directors may pass a by-law authorizing an application to the Minister for the issue of supplementary letters patent decreasing its authorized, subscribed and paid-in capital by not more than 50 per cent. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��144 (2); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 42.

New par value to be declared

(3) The by-law and the supplementary letters patent shall declare the new par value of the shares and the liability of the shareholders on partially paid-in shares. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��144 (3).

Application, when to be made

(4) The application shall not be made until the by-law has been confirmed by a vote of the shareholders present or represented by proxy at a general meeting duly called for considering it and holding not less than two-thirds of the votes cast at such meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��144 (4).

Surplus not to be decreased by dividends to shareholders

(5) The supplementary letters patent shall contain a provision that any surplus created by reason of such decrease of capital will not be decreased by dividends subsequently declared to shareholders.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��144 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019

ss.��165��(2-4), 167, 168 applicable to company undertaking life insurance

145 A company undertaking life insurance may, by resolution passed at a special general meeting called for such purpose, provide that subsections 165��(2), (3) and (4) and section 167 apply to such company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��145; 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 10.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2023

Amalgamation

146 Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under the Insurance Act, section 113 of this Act applies to the amalgamation of two or more joint stock insurance companies.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��146.

Amalgamation, etc., of mutual corporation and joint stock corporation

147 (1) Subject to the Insurance Act, a mutual corporation incorporated under the laws of �������� transacting life insurance may amalgamate with or transfer its contracts to or reinsure such contracts with any licensed insurer transacting life insurance and may enter into all agreements necessary to such amalgamation, transfer or reinsurance. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��147 (1).

Confirmation of agreement

(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation or in its constitution and by-laws, the board of directors may enter into any such agreement on behalf of the mutual corporation through its president and secretary, but no such agreement is binding or effective unless evidence satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer is produced showing that the agreement has been confirmed by a vote of the majority of the members present or duly represented by proxy at a general or special general meeting of the mutual corporation and unless the agreement has been approved by the Chief Executive Officer under the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��147 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 3.

Agreement binding on all members of mutual corporation

(3) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation or in its constitution and by-laws, or in any policy or certificate or other document evidencing a contract issued by a mutual corporation, or in the constitution or laws of or certificates issued by a fraternal society whose contracts have been assumed by the mutual corporation or for which the mutual corporation has become responsible, the terms of any such agreement so confirmed and approved are valid and binding as of the date stipulated in the agreement upon all the members of the mutual corporation and upon their beneficiaries and legal representatives and upon all persons deriving legal rights from any such member or beneficiary so long as they do not involve any new or increased rates of contribution or premium, and the claims of all persons under any such contract of insurance shall be restricted to such benefits only as are continued in accordance with the terms of such agreement, and such contracts shall be deemed to be amended accordingly. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��147 (3).

Standard of valuations

(4) Upon the coming into force of any such agreement, the reinsurer, in complying with the requirements of the Insurance Act in respect of the valuation of contracts so reinsured or transferred, is entitled to base its valuation upon such tables of mortality and upon such rates of interest as would have been authorized by law for such mutual corporation if no such agreement had been made.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��147 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 08/05/2018

- 08/06/2019

Incorporation of mutual and cash-mutual insurance corporations

148 (1) A mutual or cash-mutual corporation may be incorporated for the purpose of undertaking and transacting any class of insurance for which a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation may be licensed under the Insurance Act.

Idem

(2) ��A mutual insurance corporation may be incorporated for the purpose of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan upon agricultural property, weather insurance or livestock insurance.

Corporation for insurance and reinsurance

(3) A mutual insurance corporation, all the members of which are mutual or cash-mutual corporations, may be incorporated for the purposes of,

(a)�� undertaking and transacting any class of insurance for which a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation may be licensed under the Insurance Act; and

(b)�� reinsuring contracts of insurance. 2017, c. 34, Sched. 10, s. 1.

Same

(4) A mutual insurance corporation described in subsection (3) may enter into contracts of reinsurance for the purpose of retroceding all or part of any reinsurance contract entered into by the corporation. 2017, c. 34, Sched. 10, s. 1.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/12/2017

Incorporation of mutual fire insurance corporation

149 (1) Ten residents in any county or district may call a meeting of the residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to establish therein a mutual fire insurance corporation to undertake contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan upon agricultural property. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(1).

Advertisements calling meeting

(2) The meeting shall be called by advertisement, stating the time, place and object of the meeting, and the advertisement shall be published once in The �������� Gazette and at least once a week for three consecutive weeks in a newspaper published in the county or district. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(2).

Subscription book

(3) If thirty residents are present at the meeting and a majority of them determine that it is expedient to establish a mutual fire insurance corporation, they may elect from among themselves three persons to open and keep a subscription book in which owners of real or personal property in �������� may sign their names and enter the sum for which they respectively bind themselves to effect insurance in the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(3).

When meeting may be called

(4) When 100 or more of such owners have signed their names in the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation amounting in the aggregate to $250,000 or more, a meeting shall be called as hereinafter provided. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(4).

How meeting to be called

(5) When the subscription has been completed, any ten of the subscribers may call the first meeting of the proposed corporation at such time and place in the county or district as they determine by sending a notice in writing to each subscriber at least 10 days before the day of the meeting, and by advertisement in a newspaper having general circulation in the county or district. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(5); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 11.

Contents of notice

(6) The notice and advertisement shall state the object of the meeting and the time and place at which it is to be held. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(6).

Election of directors

(7) At such meeting, or at any adjournment of it, the name and style of the company, which shall include the word “mutual” or the word “mutuelle”, shall be adopted, an acting secretary appointed, a board of directors elected as hereinafter provided and a central and generally accessible place in the county or district at which the head office of the company is to be located. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(7).

Quorum of meeting

(8) The presence of at least twenty-five of the subscribers is necessary to constitute a valid meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(8).

First meeting of directors

(9) As soon as convenient after the meeting, the acting secretary shall call a meeting of the directors for the election from among themselves of a president or the appointment of a person as president who is not a director, for the appointment of a secretary and a treasurer or a secretary-treasurer and for the transaction of such other business as may be brought before the meeting. 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��20.

Certain documents to be delivered

(10) With the application for incorporation, the applicants shall file with the Minister, certified as correct under the hands of the chair and secretary,

(a)�� a copy of the minutes of the meeting, including all resolutions respecting the objects of the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head office;

(b)�� a copy of the subscription book;

(c)�� a list showing the names and addresses of the directors elected and of the officers appointed; and

(d)�� such further information as the Minister may require. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(10); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 44 (1).

Production of originals

(11) There shall also, for verification, be filed with the Minister, if requested, the originals of such documents. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(11); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 44 (2).

Minister to ascertain correctness of proceedings

(12) The Minister shall ascertain and determine whether the proceedings for the incorporation have been taken in accordance with this section and whether the subscriptions are genuine and by persons possessing property to insure. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(12).

Powers deemed in letters patent

(13) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purpose of undertaking contracts of fire insurance on the premium note plan or under a contract to which the Fire Mutuals Guarantee Fund is applicable in accordance with section 166 of the Insurance Act, has the power, and its letters patent shall be deemed to include the power, to undertake all classes of insurance for which a joint stock insurance company may be licensed under the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��149��(13).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

- 19/10/2021

- 01/10/2023

Incorporation of mutual livestock insurance corporation

150 (1) Ten owners of livestock in any county or district may call a meeting of the owners of livestock to consider whether it is expedient to establish a livestock insurance corporation upon the mutual plan.

Organization

(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents of the county or district, being owners of livestock in ��������, and that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall not be held unless fifty owners of livestock in �������� have signed their names to the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in the aggregate amounts to $50,000 or more.

Powers

(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall limit the powers of a mutual livestock insurance corporation incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of insurance on the premium note plan against loss of livestock by fire, lightning, accident, disease or any other means, except that of design on the part of the insured or by the invasion of an enemy or by insurrection.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��150.

Incorporation of mutual weather insurance corporation

151 (1) Ten owners of agricultural property in any county or district may call a meeting of the owners of agricultural property to consider whether it is expedient to establish therein a weather insurance corporation upon the mutual plan.

Organization

(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary modifications as in the case of the formation of a mutual fire insurance corporation, except that the determination that it is expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents of the county or district, being owners of agricultural property in ��������, and that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall not be held unless fifty owners of agricultural property in �������� have signed their names to the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in the aggregate amounts to $50,000 or more.

Powers

(3) The letters patent or supplementary letters patent shall limit the powers of a mutual weather insurance corporation incorporated under this section to undertaking contracts of insurance on the premium note plan on any kind of agricultural property or property that is not mercantile or manufacturing against loss or injury arising from such atmospheric disturbances, discharges or conditions as the contract of insurance specifies.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��151.

Incorporation of cash-mutual insurance corporations

152 (1) Ten residents of any county or district may call a meeting of other residents thereof to consider whether it is expedient to establish a cash-mutual insurance corporation for the purpose of undertaking any class of insurance for which a cash-mutual corporation may be licensed under the Insurance Act.

Organization

(2) The mode of calling such meeting and the proceedings for the formation of the corporation shall be the same with necessary modifications as in the case of a mutual fire insurance corporation undertaking contracts of fire insurance under the premium note plan, except that the determination that it is expedient to establish the corporation shall be by thirty residents of the county or district, and that the meeting for the organization of the corporation shall not be held unless fifty residents have signed the subscription book and bound themselves to effect insurance in the corporation that in the aggregate amounts to $250,000 or more.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��152.

When mutual company writing on the premium note plan may become a cash-mutual corporation

153 (1) A mutual insurance corporation incorporated for the purposes of undertaking contracts of insurance on the premium note plan that has a net surplus of assets over all liabilities of not less than��$500,000, may apply to the Minister for the issue of supplementary letters patent converting it into a cash-mutual corporation in the manner provided in this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��153 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 45 (1).

Approval of members

(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been given by sending the notice to each member at the member’s latest address as shown on the books of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��153 (2).

Notice of application

(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in at least four consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette and in a newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a week for four consecutive weeks. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��153 (3).

Certain documents to be delivered

(4) With the application for supplementary letters patent, submitted under this section, the applicants shall file with the Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and secretary,

(a)�� a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members of the corporation and the notices published in The �������� Gazette and the newspaper;

(b)�� a copy of the minutes of the special meeting of the members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head office;

(c)�� a copy of the corporation’s audited financial statement made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date of the application;

(d)�� a list of the proposed officers and directors of the cash-mutual corporation;

(e)�� such further information as the Minister may require. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��153 (4); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 45 (2).

Report by Chief Executive Officer

(5) The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Minister whether the proceedings for supplementary letters patent are in accordance with this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��153 (5); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019

When cash-mutual company may become a joint stock company

154 (1) A mutual or a cash-mutual corporation that has surplus assets, not including premium notes, sufficient to reinsure all its outstanding risks may apply to the Minister for the issue of supplementary letters patent converting it into a joint stock insurance corporation in the manner provided in this Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 46 (1).

Approval of members

(2) The application shall be authorized by a resolution of three-fourths in number of the directors of the corporation and confirmed by the members of the corporation by vote representing at least 90 per cent of the members present at a special general meeting duly called for that purpose, but the application shall not be made until twenty-one days notice of the application has been given by sending the notice to each member at the member’s latest address as shown on the books of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (2).

Notice of application

(3) Notice of intention to make the application and of the confirmation by the members of the corporation shall be published in at least four consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette and in a newspaper having general circulation in the county or district in which the head office of the corporation is situate at least once a week for four consecutive weeks. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (3).

Priority of members in subscribing stock

(4) A person who is a member of the corporation on the day of the meeting is entitled to priority in subscribing to the capital stock of the corporation for one month after the opening of the books of subscription in the ratio that the insurance held by the person bears to the aggregate of the unexpired risks then in force. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (4).

Certain documents to be delivered

(5) With the application for supplementary letters patent, submitted under this section, the applicants shall file with the Minister certified as correct under the hands of the chair and secretary,

(a)�� a copy of the notice of the special meeting of the members of the corporation and the notices published in The �������� Gazette and the newspaper;

(b)�� a copy of the minutes of the special general meeting of members, including all resolutions respecting the objects of the proposed corporation, its name and the location of its head office;

(c)�� a copy of the corporation’s audited financial statement made up to a date not more than seven months prior to the date of the application;

(d)�� a list of the proposed officers and directors of the corporation;

(e)�� such further information as the Minister may require. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (5); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 46 (2).

Report of Chief Executive Officer

(6) The Chief Executive Officer shall report to the Minister whether the application for supplementary letters patent is in accordance with this section and the requirements of the Insurance Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��154 (6); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019

Vesting of assets and preservation of liabilities

155 A corporation formed under section 153 or 154 is answerable for all liabilities of the corporation from which it has been formed and may sue and be sued under its new corporate name, and the assets and property of the old corporation are vested in the new corporation from the date of its formation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��155.

When distribution of assets among members permitted

156 No mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation that has ceased to do new business shall divide among its members any part of its assets, except income from investments, until it has performed or cancelled its policy obligations and upon proof to the Chief Executive Officer that such policy obligations have been performed or cancelled.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��156; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Application of ss.��158 to 173

157 (1) Sections 158 to 173 apply only to mutual and cash-mutual insurance corporations.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��157.

Same

(2) Despite subsection (1), subsection 158 (1) does not apply to a mutual insurance corporation described in subsection 148 (3). 2017, c. 34, Sched. 10, s. 2.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/12/2017

Insured deemed member

158 (1) A person insured under a policy issued by a corporation shall, from the date upon which the insurance becomes effective, be deemed a member of such corporation.

Member’s liability

(2)��No member is liable in respect of any claim or demand against the corporation beyond the amount unpaid on the member’s premium note.

Member withdrawing

(3) A member may, with the consent of the directors, withdraw from the corporation on such terms as the directors lawfully prescribe, subject to the Insurance Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��158.

Annual meeting

159 (1) A meeting of the shareholders and members for the election of directors shall be held within the first three months of every year at such time and place as the by-laws of the corporation prescribe.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��159��(1); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��70.

Annual statement

(2) Before the election, the annual statement for the year ending on the previous 31st day of December shall be presented and read.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��159��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��70 - 18/01/1999

Failure to elect directors

160 If an election of directors is not made on the day on which it ought to have been made, the corporation shall not for that cause be dissolved, but the election may be held on a subsequent day at a meeting to be called by the directors or as otherwise provided by the by-laws of the corporation, and in such case the directors then in office continue to hold office until their successors are elected.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��160.

Notice of meetings

Annual general meeting

161 (1) Notice of every annual general meeting of the corporation must be,

(a)�� given in writing to every shareholder or member of the corporation at least 21 days before the day of the meeting; or

(b)�� published at least 21 days before the day of the meeting in a newspaper published at or near the place where the head office of the corporation is located. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 47 (1).

Making annual statement available to shareholders or members

(2) The directors shall make available to shareholders or members the annual statement for the year ending on the previous December 31 by doing one or more of the following at least 21 days before the day of the annual general meeting at which the annual statement will be considered:

1.�� Sending a copy of the annual statement to the shareholders or members.

2.�� Publishing the annual statement in a newspaper published at or near the place where the corporation’s head office is located.

3.�� Publishing the annual statement on the corporation’s website. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1; 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 12 (1).

Same

(3) If the corporation publishes its annual statement on its website, the notice of the annual general meeting must state that the annual statement is available on the corporation’s website and that a shareholder or member may obtain a copy by sending a written request to the corporation’s head office at least 14 days before the meeting. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1.

Same

(4) The corporation shall mail a copy of the annual statement to a shareholder or member who makes a written request under subsection (3). 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1; 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 12 (2).

Requirements of annual statement

(5) The annual statement must be certified by the corporation’s auditors and prepared in accordance with the Insurance Act and the regulations made under that Act. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1.

Power of directors to call special general meetings

(6) The directors may call a special general meeting of the corporation at any time. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1.

Notice of special general meeting

(7) Notice of every special general meeting of the corporation must be,

(a)�� given in writing to every shareholder or member of the corporation at least seven days before the day of the meeting; or

(b)�� published at least seven days before the day of the meeting in a newspaper published at or near the place where the corporation’s head office is located. 2009, c.��18, Sched.��8, s.��1; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 47 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 71 (1, 2) - 18/01/1999

- 05/06/2009

- 14/11/2017

- 01/10/2023

Voting of members of mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporations

162 (1) ��A member of a mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporation who is not in arrear for any assessment or cash payment due by the member to the corporation is entitled at all meetings of the corporation to one vote if the amount of premium paid by the member annually is in excess of��$25 and no member is entitled to more than one vote.

Corporation described in s. 148 (3)

(1.1) Subsection (1) applies with respect to a member of a mutual insurance corporation described in subsection 148 (3) only if the member’s membership entitles the member to vote at the meeting. 2017, c. 34, Sched. 10, s. 3.

Where policy made to two or more persons

(2) ��Where a policy on the premium note plan is made to two or more persons, one only is entitled to vote, and the right of voting belongs to the one first named on the register of policyholders if the person is present or, if not present, to the one who stands second, and so on.

Where property insured by trustee board

(3) ��Where property is insured by a trustee board, any member of the board or its secretary-treasurer duly appointed in writing pursuant to its resolution may vote on its behalf.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��162.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/12/2017

Right of mere applicants

163 (1)����No applicant for insurance is competent to vote or otherwise take part in the corporation’s proceedings until the applicant’s application has been accepted by the directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��163.

Same

(2) Despite subsection (1), in the case of a corporation described in subsection 148 (3), no applicant for insurance who is also applying to be a member of the corporation is competent to vote or otherwise take part in the corporation’s proceedings unless the applicant becomes a member who is entitled to vote or otherwise take part in those proceedings. 2017, c. 34, Sched. 10, s. 4.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/12/2017

Qualifications of directors

164 (1) Repealed:�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��21.

Where corporation has a share capital

(2) Where the corporation has a share capital, not less than two-thirds of the directors shall also be holders of shares, each to an amount not less than $1,000, upon which all calls have been paid.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��164��(2).

Representation of corporations

(3) The president or director of a member corporation that has the qualifications that would qualify an individual to be a director is eligible to be a director of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��164��(3).

Representation of partnerships

(4) Where a partnership has the qualifications that would qualify an individual to be a director of the corporation, one member of the partnership is eligible to be a director of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��164��(4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Number of directors

165 (1) The board shall consist of no fewer than six and no more than 15 directors, to be determined by resolution passed at the meeting held under subsection 149��(5). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��165 (1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 13 (1).

Increase or decrease in number

(2) The number of directors may from time to time be increased or decreased if so determined at a special general meeting of the corporation called for the purpose, or at an annual general meeting, if notice in writing of the intention to propose a by-law for that purpose at such annual meeting is given to the secretary of the corporation at least one month before the holding of the meeting, but the increased or decreased number of directors shall in any such case be no fewer than six and no more than 15. A decrease in the number of directors does not shorten the term of an incumbent director. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 13 (2).

Notice of proposed change

(3) Where such a notice has been given to the secretary, that fact shall be stated in the notice of the annual general meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��165 (3).

Copy of resolution and list of directors to be filed

(4) With the copy of the by-law filed with the Chief Executive Officer there shall be filed a list of the directors elected thereunder certified under the hands of the chair and secretary of the meeting.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��165 (4); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

- 08/06/2023

Filing by-laws for remuneration of directors

166 At any annual general meeting of the shareholders or members of a corporation, or at any special general meeting thereof, if such purpose was clearly expressed in the notice of the special general meeting, it is lawful to pass by-laws for the remuneration of the directors, and a certified copy of every such by-law shall, within seven days after its passing, be filed with the Chief Executive Officer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��166; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Terms, retirement

167 (1) Directors shall be elected for terms of three years, subject to subsections (2) and (3), and shall retire in rotation. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 14.

Incorporation or amalgamation

(2) On incorporation or amalgamation, the following rules apply with respect to the first directors’ terms:

1.�� The directors shall determine, by lot, which of them will hold office for a term of one year, which will hold office for a term of two years and which will hold office for a term of three years.

2.�� The number of directors whose term will expire at the end of any one of the first, second or third year after incorporation or amalgamation cannot exceed, by more than one, the number of directors whose term will expire at the end of any other of those years. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 14.

Increase or decrease

(3) After an increase or decrease in the number of directors, the following rules apply with respect to the directors’ terms:

1.�� The board shall determine the length of term for each of the directors who will be elected at the next meeting of members.

2.�� The number of directors whose term will expire at the end of any one of the first, second or third year after the meeting cannot exceed, by more than one, the number of directors whose term will expire at the end of any other of those years. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 14.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2023

168 Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 14.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2023

Manager may be a director and be paid salary

169 The manager or president of the corporation may be a director of the corporation and may be paid an annual salary under a by-law passed in accordance with section 166.�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��22.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Certain persons not eligible as directors

170 No agent or paid officer, or officer of the bankers of the corporation, or person in the employment of the corporation, other than the manager or president, is eligible to be elected as a director or shall interfere in the election of directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��170; 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��23.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Election of directors

171 (1) The election of directors shall be held and made by such shareholders and members as attend for that purpose in person at a meeting or, in the case of a corporation or partnership, by a director, officer or member authorized in writing to represent it. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��171��(1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 15 (1).

Ballot

(2) The election shall be by ballot. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��171��(2).

Case of a tie at an election

(3) If two or more members have an equal number of votes so that less than the whole number to be elected appear to have been chosen directors by a majority of votes, the members present shall proceed to ballot until it is determined which of the persons so having an equal number of votes shall be the director or directors. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��171��(3).

President

(4) At the first meeting after each election of directors, the directors shall elect or appoint a president of the corporation. 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��24.

Same

(5) A person who is not a director may be appointed as the president or the directors may elect a president from among themselves. 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��24.

Same

(6) If the directors elect a president from among themselves, the election shall be by ballot and the secretary shall preside at the election. 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��24.

Manager

(7) The president of the corporation may also be given the title of manager. 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��24.

Voting by telephonic or electronic means

(8) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws expressly provide otherwise, a vote under this section may be conducted entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by a combination of one or more telephonic or electronic means and voting in person. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 15 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

- 01/10/2023

Interim vacancies

172 If a vacancy occurs among the directors, during the term for which they have been elected, by death, resignation, ceasing to have the prescribed qualification, insolvency or by absence without previous leave of the directors from three successive regular meetings, which shall by reason of that fact create such vacancy, the vacancy, in the case of a board limited to six directors, shall be filled and, in the case of a board limited to a number of directors exceeding six, may be filled until the next annual general meeting by any person duly qualified chosen by a majority of the remaining directors as soon as may be after the vacancy occurs, and at the next annual general meeting the vacancy shall be filled for the portion of the term still unexpired.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��172.

Quorum of directors

173 (1) A majority of the directors constitutes a quorum for the transaction of business, and, in the case of an equality of votes at any meeting, the question passes in the negative.

Recording dissent

(2) A director disagreeing with the majority at a meeting may have his or her dissent recorded with the reasons therefor.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��173.

Security of accountants

174 (1) Every officer or person appointed or elected to any office concerning the receipt or proper application of money shall furnish security for the just and faithful execution of the duties of the person’s office according to the by-laws or rules of the corporation, and any person entrusted with the performance of any other service may be required to furnish similar security, and security so furnished and then subsisting shall be produced to the auditors at the annual audit. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��174 (1).

Minimum security

(2) The security given by the treasurer or other officer having charge of the money of the corporation shall not be less than $5,000 or such greater amount as may be required by the by-laws of the corporation or by the Chief Executive Officer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��174 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Amalgamation

175 Subject to the approval of the agreement of amalgamation under the Insurance Act, section 113 applies with necessary modifications to the amalgamation of two or more mutual or cash-mutual insurance corporations.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��175.

Incorporation of fraternal societies

176 (1) The Minister may in his or her discretion, by letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer than seventy-five, of eighteen or more years of age, five of whom apply therefor, constituting such persons and any others who have signed the membership book, and persons who thereafter become members in the fraternal society thereby created, a corporation for the purposes of undertaking any class of insurance for which a fraternal society may be licensed under the Insurance Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��176��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 48 (1).

Notice

(2) The applicants for incorporation, immediately before the application, shall publish in at least four consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette notice of their intention to apply and shall also, if so required, publish elsewhere notice of such intention.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��176��(2).

Particulars of application

(3) The application for the incorporation of a fraternal society shall show,

(a)�� its proposed name;

(b)�� the place in �������� where its head office is to be situate;

(c)�� the name in full and the place of residence of each of the applicants who are to be its first trustees or managing officers;

(d)�� such other information as the Minister requires.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��176��(3); 2004, c.��19, s. 10��(2).

Other documents

(4) The application shall be accompanied by,

(a)�� a copy certified by an officer of the fraternal society to be a true copy or any other type of copy permitted by the Director of the original membership book or list containing the signatures duly certified of at least 75 persons who thereby agree to become members of the fraternal society if and when incorporated;

(b)�� a copy of the proposed by-laws of the fraternal society; and

(c)�� evidence that the approval of the Chief Executive Officer to the proposed by-laws and rules has been obtained. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 48 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 4 (1).

Limit

(5) After the day subsection 4 (2) of Schedule 5 to the Plan for Care and Opportunity Act (Budget Measures), 2018 comes into force, no fraternal society may be incorporated under this section. 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 4 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/06/2005

- 19/10/2021

- 19/10/2021; - 08/06/2019

Organization meeting

177 Within thirty days after the issue of the letters patent and upon due notice to all members of the society, an organization meeting of the society shall be held at which the by-laws shall be adopted and the officers of the society elected.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��177.

Incorporation of foreign fraternal society

178 (1) Where a fraternal society licensed under the Insurance Act has its head office elsewhere than in ��������, the grand or other provincial body of the lodges or a majority of the lodges in �������� may apply to the Minister for the issue of a charter and, from the time of the issue of the letters patent, the applicants become a corporation for the purpose of undertaking any class of insurance for which a fraternal society may be licensed under the Insurance Act. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��178 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 49.

Application of s.��176��(1)

(2) Subsection 176��(1) applies to an incorporation under this section. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��178 (2).

Approval of Chief Executive Officer

(3) Before the issue of the letters patent, evidence shall be produced to the Minister that the approval of the Chief Executive Officer to the application has been secured.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��178 (3); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Limit

(4) After the day section 5 of Schedule 5 to the Plan for Care and Opportunity Act (Budget Measures), 2018 comes into force, no fraternal society may be incorporated under this section. 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 5.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019

Incorporation of local branch

179 (1) An auxiliary or local subordinate body or branch of a licensed fraternal society may be separately incorporated by like proceedings.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��179.

Limit

(2) After the day section 6 of Schedule 5 to the Plan for Care and Opportunity Act (Budget Measures), 2018 comes into force, no auxiliary or local subordinate body or branch of a licensed fraternal society may be incorporated under this section. 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 6.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Amalgamation or reinsurance by fraternal society

180 (1) Subject to the Insurance Act, any fraternal society may amalgamate with any other fraternal society or transfer all or any portion of its contracts to or reinsure them with any insurer licensed for the transaction of life insurance and may enter into all agreements necessary to such amalgamation, transfer or reinsurance. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��180 (1).

Agreement for amalgamation, etc.

(2) Despite anything in its Act or instrument of incorporation or in its constitution and by-laws, the governing executive authority may enter into any such agreement on behalf of the society through its principal officer and secretary, but no such agreement is binding or effective unless evidence satisfactory to the Chief Executive Officer is produced showing that the principle of amalgamation, transfer or reinsurance has been approved and that the agreement has been confirmed by a vote of the majority of the members present or duly represented at a general or special meeting of the supreme legislative or governing body of the society duly called.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��180 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Confirmation of amalgamation

181 Subsection 113��(4) applies with necessary modifications to the amalgamation of two or more fraternal societies.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��181.

Limit

182 Despite sections 180 and 181, after the day section 7 of Schedule 5 to the Plan for Care and Opportunity Act (Budget Measures), 2018 comes into force, a fraternal society may not amalgamate with another fraternal society. 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 7.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(1) - 10/10/1997

- 08/06/2019

Application of ss.��184 to 195

183 Sections 184 to 195 apply to pension fund and employees’ mutual benefit societies incorporated under this Part.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��183.

Definitions re ss. 185 to 195

184 In this section and in sections 185 to 195,

“parent corporation” means a corporation any of whose officers establish a pension fund or employees’ mutual benefit society under this Part; (“personne morale mère”)

“society” means a pension fund or employees’ mutual benefit society incorporated under this Part; (“société”)

“subsidiary corporation” means a corporation, wherever incorporated, at least 75 per cent of whose issued common shares are owned by a parent corporation. (“filiale”)�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��184.

Charter by letters patent

185 (1) The Minister may in his or her discretion, by letters patent, issue a charter to any number of persons, not fewer than five, of eighteen or more years of age, two of whom are officers of a corporation legally transacting business in �������� who apply therefor, constituting such persons and the employees of such corporation and of its subsidiary corporations who join the society and those who replace them from time to time a pension fund or employees’ mutual benefit society corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��185��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 50.

Contents of application

(2) The application for the incorporation of a pension fund or employees’ mutual benefit society shall show,

(a)�� its proposed name;

(b)�� the name of its parent corporation;

(c)�� the place in �������� where its head office is to be situate;

(d)�� the name in full and the place of residence of each of the applicants; and

(e)�� the names, not fewer than five, of those who are to be its first directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��185��(2); 2004, c.��19, s.��10��(3).

Notice

(3) Notice of the application for incorporation of a society shall be published in at least four consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette and the notice shall state,

(a)�� its proposed name;

(b)�� the place in �������� where its head office is to be situate; and

(c)�� the name of its secretary.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��185��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/06/2005

- 19/10/2021

First meeting

186 The first directors have power to call the first meeting of the society and at such meeting directors may be elected and by-laws may be passed under this Act, and a copy of such by-laws shall be filed with the Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof, and copies of subsequent by-laws in amendment thereof, in addition thereto or diminution therefrom, shall also be filed with the Minister within two weeks after the passing thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��186.

Directors

187 (1) The affairs of the society shall be administered by a board of directors who shall be appointed or elected in such manner, in such number, with such qualifications and for such period as are determined by the by-laws, but at the first meeting of the society five directors shall be elected, subject to addition to such number if so sanctioned by the by-laws, and other officers may be appointed in such manner with such remuneration and under such provisions touching their powers and duties as are established by the by-laws.

Management of fund by trust corporation

(2) The board of directors may by by-law entrust the whole or a part of the fund of the society to a trust corporation licensed under the law of �������� and may delegate to such trust corporation all or any of its powers and discretions relating to the custody and management of the fund.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��187.

Powers

Definition

188 (1) In this section,

“dependants” means the spouses and children under eighteen years of age, including adopted children, of officers or employees within the meaning of this section.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��188��(1); 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(3).

Powers of society

(2) After its incorporation, every pension fund and employees’ mutual benefit society has the power, by means of voluntary contribution or otherwise as its by-laws provide, to form a fund or funds and may invest, hold and administer the same and may therefrom,

(a)�� provide for the support and payment of pensions and other benefits to officers and employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations who have retired or who cease to be employed by the parent corporation or one of its subsidiary corporations;

(b)�� provide, in such manner as the by-laws specify, for the payment of pensions, annuities, gratuities or other benefits to the surviving spouses and children or other surviving relatives or legal representatives of officers and employees or retired officers and employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations who have died;

(c)�� provide for the payment of benefits to officers and employees of the parent corporation or one of its subsidiary corporations by reason of illness, accident or disability;

(d)�� provide for the payment of benefits by reason of illness, accident or disability to former officers and employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations who are retired;

(e)�� provide for the payment of benefits to officers and employees or retired officers and employees of the parent corporation or one of its subsidiary corporations in respect of illness, accident or disability affecting dependants of such officers or employees; and

(f)�� upon the death of such officers or employees, pay a funeral benefit in such manner as the by-laws specify.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��188��(2); 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(4); 2016, c. 23, s. 44 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 09/03/2005

- 05/12/2016

By-laws, general

189 (1) A pension fund and employees’ mutual benefit society has all corporate powers necessary for its purposes and may pass by-laws not contrary to law defining and regulating in the premises, and prescribing the mode of enforcement of, all the rights, powers and duties of,

(a)�� the society;

(b)�� its individual members;

(c)�� the officers and employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiary corporations;

(d)�� the surviving spouses and children or other surviving relatives, or the personal representatives of such officers and employees; and

(e)�� the parent corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��189��(1); 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(5); 2016, c. 23, s. 44 (3).

Additional by-laws

(2) Every such society may also make by-laws as aforesaid for,

(a)�� the formation and maintenance of the fund;

(b)�� the management and distribution of the fund;

(c)�� the enforcement of any penalty or forfeiture in the premises; and

(d)�� the government and ordering of all business and affairs of the society.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��189��(2).

Sanction of parent corporation

(3) No such by-law is effective unless it has been sanctioned by the board of directors of the parent corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��189��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 09/03/2005

- 05/12/2016

By-laws defining rights and remedies of beneficiaries, etc.

190 All the powers, authority, rights, penalties and forfeitures whatever of the society or of its members, officers or employees, or of such surviving spouses and children or other surviving relatives or legal representatives, or of the parent corporation shall be such and such only and may be enforced in such mode and in such mode only, as by such by-laws are defined and limited.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��190; 2005, c.��5, s.��16��(6); 2016, c. 23, s. 44 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 09/03/2005

- 05/12/2016

Revenue

191 All the revenue of the society, from whatever source derived, shall be devoted exclusively to the maintenance of the society and the furtherance of the objects of the fund and to no other purpose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��191.

Contribution by parent corporation

192 The parent corporation may contribute annually or otherwise to the funds of the society by a vote of its directors or its shareholders.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��192.

Prohibition against member assigning interest

193 The interest of a member in the funds of the society is not transferable or assignable by way of pledge, hypothecation, sale, security or otherwise.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��193.

Special audit

194 (1) Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Minister that the accounts of a society have been materially or wilfully falsified, or where there is filed with the Minister a requisition for audit bearing the signatures and addresses of at least 25 per cent of the members of the society and alleging in a sufficiently particular manner to the satisfaction of the Minister specific fraudulent or illegal acts, or the repudiation of obligations, or insolvency, the Minister may appoint one or more accountants or actuaries who shall, under the Minister’s direction, make a special audit of the books and accounts and report thereon in writing verified upon oath to the Minister.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��194��(1); 2004, c.��19, s. 10��(4); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 51.

Security for costs

(2) Where an audit is requested, the persons requesting it shall, with their requisition, deposit with the Minister security for the costs of the audit in such sum as the Minister fixes, and, where the facts alleged in the requisition appear to the Minister to have been partly or wholly disproved by the audit, he or she may pay the costs thereof partly or wholly out of the deposit.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��194��(2).

Duty to facilitate special audit

(3) The society, its officers and servants shall facilitate the making of such special audit so far as it is in their power and shall produce for inspection and examination by the person so appointed such books, securities and documents as the person may require.�� R.S.O. 1990, c. C.38, s.��194��(3).

Expense of special audit

(4) Subject to subsection (2), the expense of such special audit shall be borne by the society, and the auditor’s account, when approved in writing by the Minister, shall be paid by the society forthwith.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��194��(4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/06/2005

- 19/10/2021

Return to Minister

195 A society formed under this Act shall at all times when thereunto required by the Minister make a full return of its assets and liabilities and of its receipts and expenditures for such period and with such details and other information as the Minister may require.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��195.

When charter to be forfeited for non-user or discontinuance

196 (1) If an insurer incorporated under the law of ��������, whether under this Act or under any general or special Act, does not go into actual operation within two years after incorporation, or if, after an insurer has undertaken contracts, such insurer discontinues business for one year, or if its licence remains suspended for one year, or is cancelled and is not revived within the period of sixty days, the insurer’s corporate powers by reason of that fact cease and determine, except for the sole purpose of winding up its affairs, and in any action or proceeding in which such non-user is alleged, proof of user is upon the insurer, and the court, upon the petition of the Attorney General or of any person interested, may limit the time within which the insurer is to settle and close its accounts, and may, for that purpose or for the purpose of liquidation generally, appoint a receiver.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��196��(1); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(2).

Rights of creditors

(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��196��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(2) - 10/10/1997

Definition re ss. 198 to 204

197 In sections 198 to 204,

“shareholder” includes member and participating policyholder eligible to vote for a policyholders’ director.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��197.

Information laid before annual meetings of life insurers

198 (1) The directors of an insurer undertaking and transacting life insurance shall lay before each annual meeting of shareholders,

(a)�� a financial statement for the period commencing on the date of incorporation and ending not more than six months before such annual meeting or commencing immediately after the period covered by the previous financial statement and ending not more than six months before such annual meeting, as the case may be, made up of,

(i)�� a statement of revenue and expenditure for such period,

(ii)�� a statement of surplus for such period,

(iii)�� a balance sheet made up to the end of such period;

(b)�� the report of the auditor to the shareholders;

(c)�� such further information respecting the financial position of the insurer as the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the insurer require.

Contents of financial statement

(2) The statements referred to in the subclauses of clause (1)��(a) shall comply with and be governed by sections 199 to 203, but it is not necessary to designate them the statement of revenue and expenditure, statement of surplus and balance sheet.

Incorporation of statements

(3) The statement of surplus referred to in subclause (1)��(a)��(ii) and the information required by subsections 200��(2) and (3) may be incorporated in and form part of the statement of revenue and expenditure referred to in subclause (1)��(a)��(i).

Auditor’s report to be read

(4) The report of the auditor to the shareholders shall be read at the annual meeting and shall be open to inspection by any shareholder.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��198.

Statement of revenue and expenditure

199 (1) The statement of revenue and expenditure to be laid before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the results of the operations of the insurer for the period covered by the statement and so as to distinguish severally at least,

(a)�� premium income;

(b)�� income from invested assets;

(c)�� profit or loss from sale of invested assets;

(d)�� amounts by which values of invested assets are increased or decreased;

(e)�� payments to policyholders and beneficiaries, other than the disbursement of money previously left on deposit;

(f)�� increase or decrease in actuarial liability under insurance and annuity contracts;

(g)�� total remuneration of directors as such from the insurer, including all salaries, bonuses, fees, contributions to pension funds and other emoluments;

(h)�� premium taxes;

(i)�� head office, agency, investment and other operating expenses;

(j)�� the amount transferred to or from general surplus.

Notes

(2) Despite subsection (1), items of the natures described in clauses (1)��(d) and (g) may be shown by way of note to the statement of revenue and expenditure.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��199.

Statement of surplus

200 (1) The statement of surplus shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the transactions reflected in it and shall show separately a statement of general surplus and a statement of shareholders’ surplus, howsoever designated.

General surplus

(2) The statement of general surplus shall be drawn up so as to distinguish at least the following items:

1.�� The balance of each amount making up the total of general surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the preceding financial period.

2.�� The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the financial period and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, at least the following:

i.�� The amount shown on the statement of revenue and expenditure as transferred to or from general surplus.

ii.�� The amount of surplus arising from the issue of shares or the reorganization of the insurer’s issued capital, including,

(a)�� the amount of premiums received on the issue of shares at a premium;

(b)�� the amount of surplus realized on the purchase for cancellation of shares.

iii.�� Donations of cash or other property by shareholders.

3.�� The balance of each amount making up such general surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the financial period.

Shareholders’ surplus

(3) The statement of shareholders’ surplus shall be drawn so as to distinguish at least the following items:

1.�� The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the preceding financial period.

2.�� The additions to and deductions from such surplus during the financial period and, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, at least the following:

i.�� The amount transferred to or from general surplus.

ii.�� Provision for taxes on income.

iii.�� The amount of dividends declared on each class of shares.

3.�� The balance of such surplus as shown in the balance sheet at the end of the financial period.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��200.

Balance sheet

201 (1) The balance sheet to be laid before an annual meeting shall be drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the insurer as at the date to which it is made up and so as to distinguish severally at least the following:

1.�� The invested assets of the insurer as described in Part XVII of the Insurance Act, severally designated as follows:

i.�� Cash.

ii.�� Preference and common shares.

iii.�� Bonds and debentures.

iv.�� Mortgages.

v.�� Real estate held for sale.

vi.�� Real estate held for the production of income.

vii.�� Head office buildings.

viii.�� Agreements for sale.

ix.�� Loans on policies.

x.�� Other invested assets stating their nature.

2.�� Other assets of the insurer distinguishing severally at least the following:

i.�� Net outstanding premiums due and deferred.

ii.�� Interest and rents due and accrued.

iii.�� Debts owing to the insurer from its shareholders except debts of reasonable amount arising in the ordinary course of the insurer’s business that are not overdue having regard to the insurer’s ordinary terms of credit.

iv.�� The aggregate amount of any outstanding loans under clauses 24��(2)��(c), (d) and (e).

3.�� The actuarial liability under insurance and annuity contracts.

4.�� Bank loans and overdrafts.

5.�� Provision for unpaid and unreported claims.

6.�� All other liabilities to policyholders.

7.�� Debts owing by the insurer on loans from its directors, officers or shareholders.

8.�� Commissions and other debts owing by the insurer segregating those that arose otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.

9.�� Deferred income.

10.�� Liability for taxes.

11.�� Dividends on capital stock declared but not paid.

12.�� The authorized capital, giving the number of each class of shares and a brief description of each such class and indicating therein any class of shares which is redeemable and the redemption price thereof.

13.�� The issued capital, giving the number of shares of each class issued and outstanding and the amount received therefor that is attributable to capital, and showing,

(a)�� the number of shares of each class issued since the date of the last balance sheet and the value attributed thereto, distinguishing shares issued for cash, shares issued for services and shares issued for other consideration; and

(b)�� where any shares have not been fully paid,

(i)�� the number of shares in respect of which calls have not been made and the aggregate amount that has not been called, and

(ii)�� the number of shares in respect of which calls have been made and not paid and the aggregate amount that has been called and not paid.

14.�� Reserves, as described in clauses 204��(1)��(a), (b) and (c), showing the amounts added thereto and the amounts deducted therefrom during the financial period.

15.�� The amounts making up the surplus of the insurer severally designated as follows:

i.�� General surplus.

ii.�� Shareholders’ surplus.

iii.�� Other surplus balances indicating their nature.

Notes

(2) Despite subsection (1), particulars of the items described in paragraphs 12 and 13 of subsection (1) may be shown by way of note to the balance sheet.

Idem

(3) The basis of valuation of the invested assets of the insurer shall be shown by way of note to the balance sheet.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��201.

Notes to financial statement

202 (1) There shall be stated by way of note to the financial statement particulars of any change in accounting or actuarial principle or practice or in the method of applying any accounting or actuarial principle or practice made during the period covered that affects the comparability of any of the statements with any of those for the preceding period, and the effect, if material, of any such change upon the results of operations for the period.

Idem

(2) Where applicable, the following matters shall be referred to in the financial statement or by way of note thereto:

1.�� The basis of conversion of amounts from currencies other than the currency in which the financial statement is expressed.

2.�� Foreign currency restrictions that affect the assets of the insurer.

3.�� Contractual obligations that will require abnormal expenditures in relation to the insurer’s normal business requirements or financial position or that are likely to involve losses not provided for in the accounts.

4.�� Contingent liabilities, stating their nature and, where practicable, the approximate amounts involved.

5.�� Any liability secured otherwise than by operation of law on any asset of the insurer, stating the liability so secured, but it is not necessary to specify the asset on which the liability is secured.

6.�� The gross amount of arrears of dividends on any class of shares and the date to which such dividends were last paid.

7.�� Where an insurer has contracted to issue shares or has given an option to purchase shares, the class and number of shares affected, the price and the date for issue of the shares or exercise of the option.

8.�� Any restriction by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws of the insurer or by contract on the payment of dividends that is significant in the light of the insurer’s financial position.

Idem

(3) Every note to a financial statement is an integral part of it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��202.

Insignificant circumstances

203 Despite sections 199 to 202, it is not necessary to state in a financial statement any matter that in all the circumstances is of relative insignificance.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��203.

Reserves

204 (1) In a financial statement, the term “reserve” shall be used to describe only,

(a)�� amounts appropriated from surplus at the discretion of management for some purpose other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has already occurred;

(b)�� amounts appropriated from surplus pursuant to the instrument of incorporation, instrument amending the instrument of incorporation or by-laws of the insurer for some purpose other than to meet a liability or contingency known or admitted or a commitment made as at the statement date or a decline in value of an asset that has already occurred; and

(c)�� amounts appropriated from surplus in accordance with the terms of a contract and which can be restored to the surplus when the conditions of the contract are fulfilled.

Idem

(2) Despite subsection (1), the term “reserve” may be used to describe the actuarial liability under insurance and annuity contracts.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��204.

Auditor’s report, joint stock insurance companies and cash mutuals

205 The auditor of a joint stock insurance company or a cash mutual insurance corporation shall in the report required to be made by subsection 96��(2) also make such statements as the auditor considers necessary,

(a)�� if, in the case of corporations transacting other than life insurance, the provision for unearned premiums is not calculated as required by the Insurance Act;

(b)�� if the provision for unpaid claims, in the auditor’s opinion, is not adequate;

(c)�� if the financial statement includes as assets items prohibited by the Insurance Act from being shown in the annual statements required to be filed thereunder; or

(d)�� if any of the transactions of the corporation that have come to the auditor’s notice have not been within its powers.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��205.

Delivery of by-laws to Chief Executive Officer

206 Every insurer shall deliver to the Chief Executive Officer within one month after passing thereof, a certified copy of its by-laws and of every repeal or addition to or amendment or consolidation thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��206; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Balance sheets and statements

207 A copy of every balance sheet or other statement published or circulated by an insurer, purporting to show its financial condition, shall be mailed or delivered to the Chief Executive Officer, concurrently with its issue to its shareholders or policyholders, or to the general public.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��207; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Offence

208 A person who fails to comply with section 205, 206 or 207 shall be deemed to be guilty of an offence under the Insurance Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��208.

209 Repealed:�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��25.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Shareholders’ directors; policyholders’ directors

210 (1) A joint stock life insurance company may by by-law provide that the affairs of the company shall be managed by a board of directors of whom a specified number, herein called shareholders’ directors, shall be elected by the shareholders of the company, and a specified number, herein called policyholders’ directors, shall be elected by those persons, herein called participating policyholders, whose lives are insured under a participating policy or participating policies of the company for at least��$2,000 upon which no premiums are due, whether or not any such person is a shareholder of the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��210��(1).

Number of directors; vacancies

(2) A by-law passed under subsection (1) shall provide for the election of not fewer than nine and not more than twenty-one directors, of whom not fewer than one-third shall be policyholders’ directors, and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled for the remainder of the term by the directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��210��(2).

Participating policyholders’ right to vote

(3) Participating policyholders are entitled to attend and vote in person and not by proxy at all general meetings of the company, but as such are not entitled to vote for the election of shareholders’ directors, but this section does not confer rights or impose liabilities on such participating policyholders in a liquidation of the company.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��210��(3).

(4) Repealed:�� 2006, c.��33, Sched.��O, s.��26.

Annual meeting

(5) Such a life insurance company shall have a fixed time in each year for its annual meeting and such time shall be printed in prominent type on each premium notice or each premium receipt issued by the company, and, in addition to all other notices required to be given by this Act, it shall give fifteen days notice of such meeting in two or more daily newspapers published at or as near as may be to the place where the company has its head office.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��210��(5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

Conversion of joint stock life companies into mutual companies

211 Despite anything in the letters patent incorporating the company or in its by-laws or in this Act, a joint stock life insurance company may, with the permission of the minister charged with the administration of the Insurance Act, establish and implement a plan for the conversion of the company into a mutual company by the purchase of shares of the capital stock of the company in accordance with Schedule 1 to this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��211; 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 3.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 17/03/2020

Definitions re ss. 213 to 224

212 In sections 213 to 224,

“insured person” means a person who enters into a subsisting contract of insurance with an insurer and includes,

(a)�� every person insured by a contract whether named or not,

(b)�� every person to whom or for whose benefit all or part of the proceeds of a contract of insurance are payable, and

(c)�� every person entitled to have insurance money applied toward satisfaction of the person’s judgment in accordance with section 258 of the Insurance Act; (“assuré”)

“loss” includes the happening of an event or contingency by reason of which a person becomes entitled to a payment under a contract of insurance of money other than a refund of unearned premiums; (“sinistre”)

“Minister” means the member of the Executive Council charged for the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the administration of the Insurance Act; (“ministre”)

“�������� contract” means a subsisting contract of insurance that,

(a)�� has for its subject,

(i)�� property that at the time of the making of the contract is in �������� or is in transit to or from ��������, or

(ii)�� the life, safety, fidelity or insurable interest of a person who at the time of the making of the contract is resident in �������� or of an incorporated company that has its head office in ��������, or

(b)�� makes provision for payment thereunder primarily to a resident of �������� or to an incorporated company that has its head office in ��������. (“contrat de l’��������”)�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��212; 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(3) - 10/10/1997

Application of Part VI

213 (1) The provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of corporations apply to insurers incorporated under or subject to this Act except where inconsistent with this Part.

Definition

(2) Where the company, corporation or society is not constituted exclusively or chiefly for insurance purposes and the insurance branch and fund are completely severable from every other branch and fund of the company, corporation or society, the word “insurer” for the purposes of sections 214 to 227 means only the insurance branch of the company, corporation or society.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��213.

Winding up by order of court on application of Chief Executive Officer

214 (1) An insurer incorporated in �������� may also be wound up by order of the court on the application of the Chief Executive Officer, if the court is satisfied that,

(a)�� the insurer has failed to exercise its corporate powers during any continuous period of four years;

(b)�� the insurer has not commenced business or gone into actual operation within four years after it was incorporated;

(c)�� the insurer has discontinued business for one year after it has undertaken insurance contracts within the meaning of the Insurance Act;

(d)�� the insurer’s licence has been suspended for one year or more;

(e)�� the insurer has carried on business or entered into a contract or used its funds in a manner or for a purpose prohibited or not authorized by the Insurance Act or by its Act of incorporation or by any special Act applicable thereto; or

(f)�� other sufficient cause has been shown. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��214 (1); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Approval of Lieutenant Governor in Council

(2) No such application shall be made by the Chief Executive Officer without the approval of the Lieutenant Governor in Council. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��214 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Application of Part VI

(3) Upon the making of an order under this section, the provisions of Part VI relating to the winding up of a corporation, in so far as they are not inconsistent with this Part, apply.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��214 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Provisional liquidator appointment

215 (1) In the case of an insurer incorporated in ��������,

(a)�� Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(4).

(b)�� if its licence is cancelled,

the Minister may appoint a provisional liquidator who shall take charge of the affairs of the company and may direct that it be wound up forthwith under this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��215��(1); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(4).

Powers

(2) Until a permanent liquidator is appointed, the provisional liquidator shall exercise all the powers of the insurer and none of the officers or servants of the insurer shall make any contract for, incur any liability on behalf of, or expend any money of, the insurer without the approval of the provisional liquidator.

Petition by provisional liquidator for winding-up order

(3) The provisional liquidator shall petition the court for a winding-up order, and, if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable so to do, it may make an order winding up the company and thereupon the provisions of this Act relating to the winding up of a corporation, in so far as they are not inconsistent with this Part, apply.

Sale of business

(4) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, despite this Act, but, subject to the approval of the court, may sell the business and undertaking of the company as a going concern.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��215 (2-4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(4) - 10/10/1997

Remuneration of provisional liquidator

216 (1) The remuneration to be paid to a provisional liquidator appointed under subsection 215��(1) shall be fixed by the Minister.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��216��(1).

Payment of costs of provisional liquidator

(2) The remuneration and all expenses and outlay in connection with the appointment of the provisional liquidator, together with all expenses and outlay of the provisional liquidator while the provisional liquidator acts in that capacity, shall be borne and paid by the insurer and form a first lien or charge upon the assets of the insurer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��216��(2); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(5).

(3) Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(5, 6) - 10/10/1997

Notice of intention to cease writing insurance or to consider voluntary liquidation

217 (1) When an insurer incorporated under or subject to the law of �������� proposes to cease writing insurance or to call a general meeting to consider a resolution for its voluntary liquidation under this Act, it shall give at least one month’s notice in writing thereof to the Chief Executive Officer and the regulator with the authority to order the cancellation of an insurer’s licence in each province or territory of Canada, other than ��������, in which the insurer is licensed.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��217��(1); 1997, c.��28, s.��50; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 8.

Notice to Chief Executive Officer of voluntary winding up

(2) When an insurer has passed a resolution for voluntary winding up, the insurer shall notify the Chief Executive Officer thereof and of the date on which contracts of insurance will cease to be entered into by the insurer and of the name and address of its liquidator. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��217��(2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13

Publication of notice

(3) The notice under subsection (2) shall also be published by the insurer in two consecutive issues of The �������� Gazette and the official gazette of each other province in which the insurer is licensed and in such newspapers and other publications as the Chief Executive Officer may require.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��217��(3); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��28, s.��50 - 01/07/1998

- 08/06/2019

Reinsurance

218 (1) The provisional liquidator or the liquidator, before the fixing of a termination date pursuant to section 220, may arrange for the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of the insurer with some other insurer licensed in ��������.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��218��(1); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(7).

Funds available for reinsurance

(2) For the purpose of securing the reinsurance, the following funds shall be available:

1.�� The entire assets of the insurer in �������� except the amount reasonably estimated by the provisional liquidator or the liquidator as being required to pay,

(a)�� the costs of the liquidation or winding up;

(b)�� all claims for losses covered by the insurer’s contracts of insurance of which notice has been received by the insurer or provisional liquidator or liquidator before the date on which the reinsurance is effected;

(c)�� the claims of the preferred creditors who are the persons paid in priority to other creditors under the winding-up provisions of this Act,

all of which shall be a first charge on the assets of the insurer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��218��(2); 1997, c.��19, s.��31 (8,��9).

(3) Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(10).

Payments to creditors other than preferred creditors

(4) The creditors of the insurer, other than the insured persons and the said preferred creditors, are entitled to receive a payment on their claims only if provision has been made for the payments mentioned in subsection (2) and for the reinsurance.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��218��(4).

Reinsurance of part of contracts

(5) If, after providing for the payments mentioned in subsection (2), the balance of the assets of the insurer is insufficient to secure the reinsurance of the contracts of the insured persons in full, the reinsurance may be effected for such portion of the full amount of the contracts as is possible.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��218��(5); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(11).

Approval

(6) No contract of reinsurance shall be entered into under this section until it is approved by the court.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��218��(6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(7-11) - 10/10/1997

219 Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(12).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(12) - 10/10/1997

Termination date, where reinsurance not arranged

220 (1) If the provisional liquidator or the liquidator fails to secure reinsurance, or is of the opinion that it is impracticable or inexpedient to arrange for reinsurance, the provisional liquidator or the liquidator,

(a)�� with the approval of the court and subject to such terms as are prescribed by it; and

(b)�� for the purpose of securing the payment of existing claims and avoiding further losses,

may publish a notice fixing a termination date for the subsisting contracts of insurance of such insurer, and on and after that date coverage and protection under the �������� contracts cease and the insurer is not liable under any such contract for a loss that occurs after that date.

Termination of �������� contracts, where termination date fixed in another province

(2) Where a provisional liquidator or a liquidator has been appointed in another province to wind up an insurer incorporated in that province, and if such provisional liquidator or liquidator fixed a termination date for the contracts of insurance of the insurer, on and after that date coverage and protection under the �������� contracts cease and determine and the insurer is not liable under any such contract for a loss that occurs after that date.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��220 (1,��2).

(3) Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(13).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(13) - 10/10/1997

Publication of notice of termination date

221 The provisional liquidator or the liquidator shall cause the notice,

(a)�� to be published in The �������� Gazette and in the official gazette of each other province in which the insurer is licensed and in such newspapers as the court directs in order to give reasonable notice of the termination date so fixed; and

(b)�� to be sent to each policyholder at the policyholder’s address as shown on the books and records of the company. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��221; 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 16.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Payment of claims for losses and preferred claims, etc.

222 (1) The liquidator shall pay or set aside from the assets of the insurer sums in the liquidator’s opinion sufficient to pay,

(a)�� the costs of the liquidation or winding up;

(b)�� all claims for losses covered by the insurer’s contracts of insurance that occurred before the termination date fixed under section 220 and of which notice has been received by the insurer or the liquidator;

(c)�� the full amount of the legal reserve in respect of each unmatured life insurance contract; and

(d)�� the claims of preferred creditors who are the persons paid in priority to other creditors under the winding-up provisions of this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��222��(1); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(14).

Refund of unearned premiums

(2) Except in the case of life insurance, the assets remaining after payment or making provision for payment of the amounts mentioned in subsection (1) shall be used to pay the claims of the insured persons for refunds of unearned premiums on a proportionate basis in proportion to the periods of their contracts respectively unexpired on the termination date.�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(15).

Calculation of unearned premium claims

(3) The claims of the insured persons for refunds of unearned premiums shall be calculated,

(a)�� as at the termination date fixed under section 220 of this Act; or

(b)�� as at the date the insured person cancelled the contract,

whichever date is the earlier.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��222��(3); 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(16).

Effect of refund

(4) The refund of all or a portion of the premium does not destroy or defeat any other remedy the insured person may have against the insurer in respect thereof or for any other cause.

Effect of section

(5) Nothing in this section prejudices or affects the priority of any mortgage, lien or charge upon the property of the insurer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��222 (4,��5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(14-16) - 10/10/1997

Payment of provincial fees and taxes, etc.

223 The fees, taxes and costs payable by the insurer to each province shall be paid out of the assets of the insurer remaining after the reinsurance of the subsisting contracts of insurance of the insurer or after the payment of the claims of policyholders for refund of unearned premiums, as the case may be, and the balance shall be distributed among the creditors of the insurer other than the insured persons, preferred creditors and the several provinces.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��223.

Filing of statements by liquidator

224 (1) Unless otherwise ordered by the court, within seven days after the close of each period of three months and until the affairs of the insurer are wound up and the accounts are finally closed, the liquidator shall file with the court or other authority appointing him and also with the Chief Executive Officer detailed schedules, in such form as is required, showing,

(a)�� receipts and expenditures; and

(b)�� assets and liabilities. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��224 (1); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Production of books, etc., by liquidator

(2) The liquidator, whenever required so to do by the authority appointing the liquidator or by the Minister, shall exhibit the office books and vouchers and furnish such other information respecting the affairs of the insurer as is required. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��224 (2).

Offence

(3) Every liquidator refusing or neglecting to furnish such information is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not less than $50 and not more than $200 and in addition is liable to be dismissed or removed.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��224 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

Distribution of endowment and expectancy funds

225 (1) Where a fraternal society transacts endowment or expectancy insurance and has an endowment fund separate and distinct from its life insurance fund, the society may, by resolution duly passed at a general meeting, after at least one month’s notice of such intended resolution, determine that the endowment or expectancy shall be discontinued, and that the endowment or expectancy fund shall be distributed proportionately among the members then in good standing who are contributing to such fund according to the total contribution of such member. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��225 (1).

Procedure

(2) After the resolution has been assented to by the Chief Executive Officer and filed with the Minister, the executive officers may proceed to ascertain the persons intended to rank upon the fund and may distribute the fund among those so entitled, and such distribution discharges the society and all executive officers thereof from all further or other liability in respect of such fund and of the endowment or expectancy contracts undertaken by the society. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��225 (2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 13.

Merger of funds

(3) If all the members interested in the endowment or expectancy fund are also interested as holders of life insurance contracts, the general meeting, instead of determining to distribute the endowment or expectancy fund, may determine to convert it into or merge it in a life insurance fund, and after the resolution has been assented to and filed as provided in subsection (2), the endowment or expectancy fund becomes a life insurance fund.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��225 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/06/2019

226 Repealed:�� 1997, c.��19, s.��31��(17).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��19, s.��31��(17) - 10/10/1997

Books, etc., as evidence

227 The books, accounts and documents of an insurer and the entries in the books of its officers or liquidators are proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the matters to which they relate as between an alleged debtor or contributory and the insurer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��227.

PART VI
WINDING UP

“contributory” defined

228 In this Part,

“contributory” means a person who is liable to contribute to the property of a corporation in the event of the corporation being wound up under this Part.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��228.

229 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 52.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Voluntary winding up

230 (1) Where the shareholders or members of a corporation by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that purpose pass a resolution requiring the corporation to be wound up, the corporation may be wound up voluntarily.

Appointment of liquidator

(2) At such meeting, the shareholders or members shall appoint one or more persons, who may be directors, officers or employees of the corporation, as liquidator of the estate and effects of the corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and distributing its property, and may at that or any subsequent general meeting fix the liquidator’s remuneration and the costs, charges and expenses of the winding up.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��230.

Publication of notice of winding up

231 (1) Notice of a resolution requiring the voluntary winding up of a corporation shall be filed with the Minister by the corporation within fourteen days after the resolution has been passed. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��231 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 53.

Offence

(2) A corporation that fails to comply with subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200 and every director or officer who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in such failure is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��231 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Inspectors

232 A corporation being wound up voluntarily may, in general meeting, by resolution, delegate to any committee of its shareholders or members, contributories or creditors hereinafter referred to as inspectors, the power of appointing the liquidator and filling any vacancy in the office of liquidator, or may by a like resolution enter into any arrangement with its creditors with respect to the powers to be exercised by the liquidator and the manner in which they are to be exercised.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��232.

Vacancy in office of liquidator

233 If in a voluntary winding up a vacancy occurs in the office of liquidator by death, resignation or otherwise, the shareholders or members in general meeting may, subject to any arrangement the corporation may have entered into with its creditors upon the appointment of inspectors, fill such vacancy, and a general meeting for that purpose may be convened by the continuing liquidator, if any, or by any contributory, and shall be deemed to have been duly held if called in the manner prescribed by the by-laws of the corporation, or, in default thereof, in the manner prescribed by this Act for calling general meetings of the shareholders or members of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��233.

Removal of liquidator

234 The shareholders or members of the corporation may, by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that purpose, remove a liquidator appointed under section 230 or 232, and in such case shall appoint another liquidator.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��234.

Commencement of winding up

235 A voluntary winding up commences at the time of the passing of the resolution requiring the winding up.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��235.

Corporation to cease business

236 Where a corporation is being wound up voluntarily, it shall, from the date of the commencement of its winding up, cease to carry on its undertaking, except in so far as may be required for the beneficial winding up thereof, and all transfers of shares, except transfers made to or with the sanction of the liquidator, or alterations in the status of the shareholders or members of the corporation, taking place after the commencement of its winding up, are void, but its corporate existence and all its corporate powers, even if it is otherwise provided by its instrument of incorporation or by-laws, continue until its affairs are wound up.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��236.

No proceedings against corporation after voluntary winding up except by leave

237 After the commencement of a voluntary winding up,

(a)�� no action or other proceeding shall be commenced against the corporation; and

(b)�� no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall be put in force against the estate or effects of the corporation,

except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court may impose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��237.

Settlement of list of contributories

238 (1) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator shall settle the list of contributories, and any list so settled is proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the liability of the persons named therein to be contributories.

Payment from contributories

(2) Upon a voluntary winding up, the liquidator may, before having ascertained the sufficiency of the property of the corporation, call on all or any of the contributories for the time being settled on the list of contributories to the extent of their liability to pay any sum that the liquidator considers necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the corporation and the costs, charges and expenses of winding up, and for the adjustment of the rights of the contributories among themselves, and the liquidator may, in making a call, take into consideration the probability that some of the contributories upon whom the call is made may partly or wholly fail to pay their respective portions of the call.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��238.

Meetings of corporation during winding up

239 (1) The liquidator may, during the continuance of the voluntary winding up, call general meetings of the shareholders or members of the corporation for the purpose of obtaining its sanction by resolution, or for any other purpose the liquidator thinks fit.

Where winding up continues more than one year

(2) In the event of a voluntary winding up continuing for more than one year, the liquidator shall call a general meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation at the end of the first year and of each succeeding year from the commencement of the winding up, and shall lay before the meeting an account showing the liquidator’s acts and dealings and the manner in which the winding up has been conducted during the preceding year.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��239.

Arrangements with creditors may be authorized

240 The liquidator, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders or members of the corporation passed in general meeting or of the inspectors, may make such compromise or other arrangement as the liquidator considers expedient with any creditor or person claiming to be a creditor or having or alleging to have a claim, present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages, against the corporation or whereby the corporation may be rendered liable.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��240.

Power to compromise with debtors and contributories

241 The liquidator may, with the like sanction, compromise all calls and liabilities to call, debts and liabilities capable of resulting in debts, and all claims, whether present or future, certain or contingent, ascertained or sounding only in damages, subsisting or supposed to subsist between the corporation and any contributory, alleged contributory or other debtor or person apprehending liability to the corporation and all questions in any way relating to or affecting the property of the corporation, or the winding up of the corporation, upon the receipt of such sums payable at such times and generally upon such terms as are agreed upon, and the liquidator may take any security for the discharge of such calls, debts or liabilities and give a complete discharge in respect thereof.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��241.

Power to accept shares, etc., as consideration for sale of property to another company

242 (1) Where a corporation is proposed to be or is in the course of being wound up voluntarily and the whole or a portion of its business or property is proposed to be transferred or sold to another corporation, the liquidator of the first-mentioned corporation, with the sanction of a resolution of the shareholders or members passed in general meeting of the corporation by which the liquidator was appointed conferring either a general authority on the liquidator or an authority in respect of any particular arrangement, may receive, in compensation or in part compensation for such transfer or sale, cash or shares or other like interest in the purchasing corporation for the purpose of distribution among the shareholders or members of the corporation that is being wound up in the manner set forth in the arrangement, or may, in lieu of receiving cash or shares or other like interest, or in addition thereto, participate in the profits of or receive any other benefit from the purchasing corporation.

Confirmation of sale or arrangement

(2) A sale made or arrangement entered into by the liquidator under this section is binding on the shareholders or members of the corporation that is being wound up voluntarily if,

(a)�� in the case of a company, the shareholders or classes of shareholders, as the case may be, at a general meeting duly called for the purpose, by votes representing at least three-fourths of the shares or of each class of shares represented at the meeting; or

(b)�� in the case of a corporation without share capital, the members or classes of members, as the case may be, at a general meeting duly called for the purpose, by votes representing at least three-fourths of the members or of each class of members represented at the meeting,

approve the sale or arrangement and if the sale or arrangement is approved by an order made by the court on the application of the corporation.

Where resolution not invalid

(3) No resolution shall be deemed invalid for the purposes of this section because it was passed before or concurrently with a resolution for winding up the corporation or for appointing the liquidator.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��242.

Winding up by court

243 A corporation may be wound up by order of the court,

(a)�� where the shareholders or members by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting called for that purpose pass a resolution authorizing an application to be made to the court to wind up the corporation;

(b)�� where proceedings have been begun to wind up voluntarily and it appears to the court that it is in the interest of contributories and creditors that the proceedings should be continued under the supervision of the court;

(c)�� where it is proved to the satisfaction of the court that the corporation, though it may be solvent, cannot by reason of its liabilities continue its business and that it is advisable to wind it up; or

(d)�� where in the opinion of the court it is just and equitable for some reason, other than the bankruptcy or insolvency of the corporation, that it should be wound up.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��243.

Who may apply

244 (1) The winding-up order may be made upon the application of the corporation or of a shareholder or of a member or, where the corporation is being wound up voluntarily, of the liquidator or of a contributory or of a creditor having a claim of��$200 or more.

Notice

(2) Except where the application is made by the corporation, four days notice of the application shall be given to the corporation before the making of the application.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��244.

Power of court

245 The court may make the order applied for, may dismiss the application with or without costs, may adjourn the hearing conditionally or unconditionally or may make any interim or other order as is considered just, and upon the making of the order may, according to its practice and procedure, refer the proceeding for the winding up and may also delegate any powers of the court conferred by this Act to any officer of the court.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��245.

Appointment of liquidator

246 (1) The court in making the winding-up order may appoint one or more persons as liquidator of the estate and effects of the corporation for the purpose of winding up its affairs and distributing its property.

Remuneration

(2) The court may at any time fix the remuneration of the liquidator.

Vacancy

(3) If a liquidator appointed by the court dies or resigns or the office becomes vacant for any reason, the court may by order fill the vacancy.

Removal of liquidator

(4) The court may by order remove for cause a liquidator appointed by it, and in such case shall appoint another liquidator.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��246.

Costs and expenses

247 The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up by order of the court shall be assessed by an assessment officer.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��247.

Commencement of winding up

248 Where a winding-up order is made by the court without prior voluntary winding-up proceedings, the winding up shall be deemed to commence at the time of service of notice of the application, and, where the application is made by the corporation, at the time the application is made.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��248.

Winding up after order

249 Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the winding up of the corporation shall be conducted in the same manner and with the like consequences as provided for a voluntary winding up, except that the list of contributories shall be settled by the court unless it has been settled by the liquidator prior to the winding-up order, in which case the list is subject to review by the court, and except that all steps in the winding up are subject to the order and direction of the court.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��249.

Meeting of members of company may be ordered

250 (1) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the court may direct meetings of the shareholders or members of the corporation to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the court deems fit for the purpose of ascertaining their wishes, and may appoint a person to act as chair of any such meeting and to report the result of it to the court.

Order for delivery by contributories and others of property, etc.

(2) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the court may require any contributory for the time being settled on the list of contributories, or any trustee, receiver, banker or agent or officer of the corporation to pay, deliver, convey, surrender or transfer forthwith, or within such time as the court directs, to the liquidator any sum or balance, books, papers, estate or effects that are in the person’s hands and to which the corporation appears to be entitled.

Inspection of books

(3) Where a winding-up order has been made by the court, the court may make an order for the inspection of the books and papers of the corporation by its creditors and contributories, and any books and papers in the possession of the corporation may be inspected in conformity with such order.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��250.

No proceedings against corporation after court winding up except by leave

251 After the commencement of a winding up by order of the court,

(a)�� no action or other proceeding shall be proceeded with or commenced against the corporation; and

(b)�� no attachment, sequestration, distress or execution shall be put in force against the estate or effects of the corporation,

except by leave of the court and subject to such terms as the court may impose.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��251.

Application of ss.��253 to 265, 268

252 Sections 253 to 265 and 268 apply to corporations being wound up voluntarily or by order of the court.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��252.

Where no liquidator

253 (1) If from any cause there is no liquidator, the court may by order on the application of a shareholder or member of the corporation appoint one or more persons as liquidator.

Idem

(2) Where there is no liquidator, the estate and effects of the corporation shall be under the control of the court until the appointment of a liquidator.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��253.

Consequences of winding up

254 (1) Upon a winding up,

(a)�� the liquidator shall apply the property of the corporation in satisfaction of all its liabilities proportionately and, subject thereto, shall distribute the property rateably among the shareholders or members according to their rights and interests in the corporation;

(b)�� in distributing the property of the corporation, the wages of all employees, apprentices and other wage earners in the employment of the corporation due at the date of the commencement of the winding up or within one month before, not exceeding three months wages and for vacation pay accrued for not more than twelve months under the Employment Standards Act and the regulations thereunder or under a collective agreement made by the corporation, shall be paid in priority to the claims of the ordinary creditors, and such persons are entitled to rank as ordinary creditors for the residue of their claims;

(c)�� all the powers of the directors cease upon the appointment of a liquidator, except in so far as the liquidator may sanction the continuance of such powers.�� R.S.O. 1990, ��c.��C.38, s.��254��(1); 1993, c.��27, Sched.

Distribution of property

(2) Section 53 of the Trustee Act applies with necessary modifications to liquidators.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��254��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1993, c.��27, Sched. - 31/12/1991

Payment of costs and expenses

255 The costs, charges and expenses of a winding up, including the remuneration of the liquidator, are payable out of the property of the corporation in priority to all other claims.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��255.

Powers of liquidators

256 (1) The liquidator may,

(a)�� bring or defend any action, suit or prosecution, or other legal proceedings, civil or criminal, in the name and on behalf of the corporation;

(b)�� carry on the business of the corporation so far as is necessary for the beneficial winding up of the corporation;

(c)�� sell in whole or in parcels the real and personal property, effects and things in action of the corporation by public auction or private sale;

(d)�� do all acts and execute, in the name and on behalf of the corporation, all deeds, receipts and other documents, and for that purpose use the seal of the corporation;

(e)�� draw, accept, make and endorse any bill of exchange or promissory note in the name and on behalf of the corporation;

(f)�� raise upon the security of the property of the corporation any requisite money;

(g)�� take out in the liquidator’s official name letters of administration to the estate of any deceased contributory and do in the liquidator’s official name any other act that is necessary for obtaining payment of any money due from a contributory or from a contributory’s estate and which act cannot be done conveniently in the name of the corporation;

(h)�� do and execute all such other things as are necessary for winding up the affairs of the corporation and distributing its property.

Bills of exchange, etc., to be deemed drawn in due course

(2) The drawing, accepting, making or endorsing of a bill of exchange or promissory note by the liquidator on behalf of the corporation has the same effect with respect to the liability of the corporation as if such bill or note had been drawn, accepted, made or endorsed by or on behalf of the corporation in the course of carrying on its business.

Where money deemed to be due to liquidator

(3) Where the liquidator takes out letters of administration or otherwise uses the liquidator’s official name for obtaining payment of any money due from a contributory, such money shall be deemed, for the purpose of enabling the liquidator to take out such letters or recover such money, to be due to the liquidator personally.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��256.

Nature of liability of contributory

257 The liability of a contributory creates a debt accruing due from the contributory at the time the liability commenced, but payable at the time or respective times when calls are made for enforcing such liability.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��257.

Who liable in case of death

258 If a contributory dies before or after he or she has been placed on the list of contributories, the contributory’s legal representatives are liable in due course of administration to contribute to the property of the corporation in discharge of the liability of such deceased contributory and shall be contributories accordingly.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��258.

Deposit in financial institution by liquidator

259 (1) The liquidator shall deposit in a financial institution described in subsection (1.1) all sums of money that the liquidator has belonging to the corporation if such sums amount to $100 or more.�� 2007, c.��7, Sched.��7, s.��183 (2).

Financial institutions

(1.1) A financial institution referred to in subsection (1) is,

(a)�� a bank or authorized foreign bank within the meaning of section 2 of the Bank Act (Canada);

(b)�� a corporation registered under the Loan and Trust Corporations Act;

(c)�� a credit union within the meaning of the Credit Unions and Caisses Populaires Act, 2020; or

(d)�� a retail association as defined under the Cooperative Credit Associations Act (Canada).�� 2007, c.��7, Sched.��7, s.��183 (2); 2020, c. 36, Sched. 7, s. 305 (2).

Approval of financial institution by inspectors

(2) If inspectors have been appointed, the financial institution shall be one approved by them.�� 2007, c.��7, Sched.��7, s.��183 (2).

Separate deposit account to be kept; withdrawal from account

(3) Such deposit shall not be made in the name of the liquidator individually, but a separate deposit account shall be kept of the money belonging to the corporation in the liquidator’s name as liquidator of the corporation and in the name of the inspectors, if any, and such money shall be withdrawn only on the joint cheque of the liquidator and one of the inspectors, if any. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��259 (3).

Liquidators to produce bank pass-book

(4) At every meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation the liquidator shall produce a pass-book or statement of account showing the amount of the deposits, the dates at which they were made, the amounts withdrawn and the dates of withdrawal, and mention of such production shall be made in the minutes of the meeting, and the absence of such mention is admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the pass-book or statement of account was not produced at the meeting.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��259 (4).

Idem

(5) The liquidator shall also produce the pass-book or statement of account whenever so ordered by the court upon the application of the inspectors, if any, or of a shareholder or member of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��259 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2009

- 01/03/2022

Proving claim

260 For the purpose of proving claims, sections 25, 26 and 27 of the Assignments and Preferences Act apply with necessary modifications, except that, where the word “judge” is used therein, the word “court” as used in this Act shall be substituted.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��260.

Application or motion for direction

261 Upon the application or motion of the liquidator or of the inspectors, if any, or of any creditors, the court, after hearing such parties as it directs to be notified or after such steps as it prescribes have been taken, may by order give its direction in any matter arising in the winding up.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��261.

Examination of persons as to estate

262 (1) The court may at any time after the commencement of the winding up summon to appear before the court or liquidator any director or officer of the corporation or any other person known or suspected to possess any of the estate or effects of the corporation, or alleged to be indebted to it, or any person whom the court considers capable of giving information concerning its trade, dealings, estate or effects.

Damages against delinquent directors, etc.

(2) Where in the course of the winding up it appears that a person who has taken part in the formation or promotion of the corporation or that a past or present director or officer, employee, liquidator or receiver of the corporation has misapplied or retained in the person’s own hands, or become liable or accountable for, money of the corporation, or has committed any misfeasance or breach of trust in relation to it, the court may, on the application or motion of the liquidator or of any creditor or contributory, examine into the conduct of such person and order the person to repay the money so misapplied or retained, or for which the person has become liable or accountable, together with interest at such rate as the court considers just, or to contribute such sum to the property of the corporation by way of compensation in respect of such misapplication, retention, misfeasance or breach of trust as the court considers just.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��262.

Proceedings by shareholders

263 (1) If a shareholder or member of the corporation desires to cause any proceeding to be taken that, in the shareholder’s or member’s opinion, would be for the benefit of the corporation, and the liquidator, under the authority of the shareholders or members, or of the inspectors, if any, refuses or neglects to take such proceeding after being required so to do, the shareholder or member may obtain an order of the court authorizing the shareholder or member to take such proceeding in the name of the liquidator or corporation, but at the shareholder’s or member’s own expense and risk, upon such terms and conditions as to indemnity to the liquidator or corporation as the court prescribes.

Benefits, when for shareholders

(2) Thereupon any benefit derived from such proceeding belongs exclusively to the shareholder or member instituting the proceeding for that person’s benefit and that of any other shareholder or member who has joined the shareholder or member in causing the institution of the proceeding.

when for corporation

(3) If before such order is granted, the liquidator signifies to the court the liquidator’s readiness to institute such proceeding for the benefit of the corporation, an order shall be made prescribing the time within which the liquidator is to do so, and in that case the advantage derived from the proceeding, if instituted within such time, belongs to the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��263.

Rights conferred by Act to be in addition to other powers

264 The rights conferred by this Act are in addition to any other right of instituting proceedings against any contributory, or against any debtor of the corporation, for the recovery of any call or other sum due from such contributory or debtor or such person’s estate.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��264.

Stay of winding-up proceedings

265 At any time during a winding up, the court, upon the application or motion of a shareholder or member or creditor or contributory and upon proof to its satisfaction that all proceedings in relation to the winding up ought to be stayed, may make an order staying the proceedings altogether or for a limited time on such terms and subject to such conditions as the court considers fit.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��265.

Account of voluntary winding up to be made by liquidator to a general meeting

266 (1) Where the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound up voluntarily, the liquidator shall make up an account showing the manner in which the winding up has been conducted, and the property of the corporation disposed of, and thereupon shall call a general meeting of the shareholders or members of the corporation for the purpose of having the account laid before them and hearing any explanation that may be given by the liquidator, and the meeting shall be called in the manner provided by the by-laws for calling general meetings. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��266 (1).

Notice of holding of meeting

(2) The liquidator shall within ten days after the holding of the meeting file a notice with the Minister stating that the meeting was held and the date thereof. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��266 (2).

Dissolution

(3) On the expiration of three months from the date of the filing of the notice, the corporation is dissolved. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��266 (3).

Extension

(4) At any time during the three-month period mentioned in subsection (3), the court may, on the application of the liquidator or any other person interested, make an order deferring the date on which the dissolution of the corporation is to take effect to a date fixed in the order, and in such event the corporation is dissolved on the date so fixed. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��266 (4).

Copy of extension order to be filed

(5) The person on whose application the order was made shall file with the Minister, within 10 days after the order was made, a copy of the order certified under the seal of the court, a notarial copy of the certified copy or any other type of copy of the order permitted by the Director. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 54.

Offence

(6) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��266 (6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Order for dissolution

267 (1) Despite section 266, in the case of a voluntary winding up or in the case of a winding up by order of the court, the court at any time after the affairs of the corporation have been fully wound up may, upon the application or motion of the liquidator or any other person interested, make an order dissolving it, and it is dissolved at and from the date of the order. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��267 (1).

Copy of dissolution order to be filed

(2) The person on whose application the order was made shall file with the Minister, within 10 days after the order was made, a copy of the order certified under the seal of the court, a notarial copy of the certified copy or any other type of copy of the order permitted by the Director. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 55.

Offence

(3) A person who fails to comply with any requirement of this section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��267 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Where shareholder unknown

268 (1) Where the liquidator is unable to distribute rateably the property of the corporation among the shareholders or members because a shareholder or member is unknown or the person’s whereabouts is unknown, the share of the property of the corporation of such shareholder or member may, by agreement with the Public Guardian and Trustee, be delivered or conveyed by the liquidator to the Public Guardian and Trustee to be held in trust for the shareholder or member, and thereupon subsections 319��(5) and (6) apply thereto.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��268 (1).

Idem

(2) A delivery or conveyance under subsection (1) shall be deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders or members for the purposes of clause 254��(1)��(a).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��268 (2).

Where creditor unknown

(3) Where the liquidator is unable to pay all the debts of the corporation because a creditor is unknown or the creditor’s whereabouts is unknown, the liquidator may, by agreement with the Public Guardian and Trustee, pay to the Public Guardian and Trustee an amount equal to the amount of the debt due to the creditor to be held in trust for the creditor and thereupon subsections 319��(5) and (6) apply thereto.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��268 (3).

Idem

(4) A payment under subsection (3) shall be deemed to be in satisfaction of the debt for the purposes of clause 254��(1)��(a).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��268 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

CTS 30 AU 10 - 1

Disposal of books, etc., after winding up

269 (1) Where a corporation has been wound up under this Act and is about to be dissolved, its books, accounts and documents and those of the liquidator may be disposed of as it by resolution directs in case of voluntary winding up, or as the court directs in case of winding up under order.

Where responsibility as to custody of books, etc., to cease

(2) After the lapse of five years from the date of the dissolution of the corporation, no responsibility rests on it or the liquidator, or anyone to whom the custody of such books, accounts and documents has been committed by reason that the same or any of them are not forthcoming to any person claiming to be interested therein.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��269.

Provision for discharge of liquidator and distribution by the court

270 (1) Where a corporation is being wound up under an order of the court and the realization and distribution of its property has proceeded so far that in the opinion of the court it is expedient that the liquidator should be discharged and that the property of the corporation remaining in the liquidator’s hands can be better realized and distributed by the court, the court may make an order discharging the liquidator and for payment, delivery and transfer into court, or to such officer or person as the court may direct, of such property, and it shall be realized and distributed by or under the direction of the court among the persons entitled thereto in the same way as nearly as may be as if the distribution were being made by the liquidator.

Disposal of books and documents

(2) In such case, the court may make an order directing how the books, accounts and documents of the corporation and of the liquidator are to be disposed of, and may order that they be deposited in court or otherwise dealt with as it thinks fit.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��270.

Rules of procedure

271 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make rules for the due carrying out of this Part, and, except as otherwise provided by this Act or by such rules, the practice and procedure in a winding up under the Winding-up and Restructuring Act (Canada) apply.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��271; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 9.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 08/05/2018

PART VII
CORPORATIONS, GENERAL

272 Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 56.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

Incorporation subject to trusts

273 A corporation is, upon its incorporation, invested with all the property and rights, real and personal, theretofore held by or for it under any trust created with a view to its incorporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��273.

General corporate powers

274 A corporation, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Act or instrument creating it, has and shall be deemed to have had from its creation the capacity of a natural person and may exercise its powers beyond the boundaries of �������� to the extent to which the laws in force where the powers are sought to be exercised permit, and may accept extra-provincial powers and rights.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��274.

Incidental powers

275 A corporation has power,

(a)�� to construct, maintain and alter any buildings or works necessary or convenient for its objects;

(b)�� to acquire by purchase, lease or otherwise and to hold any land or interest therein.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��275; 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(8).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(8) - 01/03/1995

276 Repealed:�� 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(9).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(9) - 01/03/1995

Head office

277 (1) Subject to subsection (2), a corporation shall at all times have its head office in the place in �������� where the letters patent provide that the head office is to be situate.

Change of head office

(2) A corporation may by special resolution change the location of its head office to another place in ��������.

Where municipality annexed or amalgamated

(3) Where the location of the head office of a corporation is changed by reason only of the annexation or amalgamation of the place in which the head office is situate to or with another municipality, such change does not constitute and has never constituted a change within the meaning of subsection (2).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��277 (1-3).

(4) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��72.

(5) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��72.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��72 - 01/03/1999

278 Repealed:�� 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(9).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(9) - 01/03/1995

Seal

279 A corporation may, but need not, have a corporate seal.�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��73 - 01/03/1999

Contracts in writing under seal

280 (1) A contract that if made between individual persons would be by law required to be in writing and under seal may be made on behalf of a corporation in writing under the seal of the corporation.

Contracts in writing not under seal

(2) A contract that if made between individual persons would be by law required to be in writing signed by the parties to be charged therewith may be made on behalf of a corporation in writing signed by any person acting under its authority, express or implied.

Parol contracts

(3) A contract that if made between individual persons would be by law valid although made by parol only and not reduced into writing may be made by parol on behalf of a corporation by any person acting under its authority, express or implied.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��280.

Power of attorney by corporation

281 A corporation may, by writing under seal, empower any person, either generally or in respect of any specified matters, as its attorney to execute on its behalf deeds to which it is a party in any capacity in any place situate in or outside ��������, and every deed signed by such attorney on behalf of the corporation and under the attorney’s seal binds the corporation and has the same effect as if it were under the seal of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��281.

Authentication of documents, etc.

282 A document requiring authentication by a corporation may be signed by any director or by any authorized person and need not be under seal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��282.

Directors

283 (1) The affairs of every corporation shall be managed by a board of directors howsoever designated. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��283 (1).

Number

(2) The board of directors of a corporation shall consist of a fixed number of directors not fewer than three. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��283 (2).

Conduct of business

(3) Subject to subsection 298��(1), no business of a corporation shall be transacted by its directors except at a meeting of directors at which a quorum of the board is present. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��283��(3); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��74��(1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 17 (1).

(3.1) Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 17 (2).

Idem

(4) Where there is a vacancy or vacancies in the board of directors, the remaining directors may exercise all the powers of the board so long as a quorum of the board remains in office. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��283��(4).

Purchase of liability insurance

(5) A corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for a director or officer of the corporation against any liability incurred by the director or officer, in�� the capacity as a director or officer of the corporation, except where the liability relates to the person’s failure to act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the corporation. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��74��(2); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 57 (1).

(6) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 57 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��74 (1, 2) - 01/03/1999

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

- 01/10/2023

Directors’ meetings

283.1 (1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws provide otherwise, the directors may meet on any notice that the by-laws require. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

When notice is not required to specify place of meeting

(2) A notice of a meeting of directors is not required to specify a place of the meeting if the meeting is to be held entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Instructions re attending meeting by telephonic, etc. means

(3) If the directors may attend a meeting by telephonic or electronic means, the notice of the meeting must include instructions for attending and participating in the meeting by the telephonic or electronic means that will be made available for the meeting, including, if applicable, instructions for voting by such means at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Waiver of notice

(4) A director may waive notice of a meeting of directors, and attendance of a director at a meeting of directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except if the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting was not lawfully called. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Adjourned meeting

(5) Notice of a meeting that continues an adjourned meeting of directors is not required to be given if all of the following are announced at the time of an adjournment:

1.�� The time of the continued meeting.

2.�� If applicable, the place of the continued meeting.

3.�� If applicable, instructions for attending and participating in the continued meeting by the telephonic or electronic means that will be made available for the meeting, including, if applicable, instructions for voting by such means at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Meeting by telephonic or electronic means

(6) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws and subsection (8), a meeting of directors may be held entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by any combination of in-person attendance and by one or more telephonic or electronic means. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Same, letters patent, etc.

(7) In addition to any other matters that the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide for with respect to the holding of meetings of directors in accordance with subsection (6), the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may,

(a)�� limit the manner or manners by which a meeting of directors may be held in accordance with subsection (6); and

(b)�� specify requirements that apply with respect to the holding of a meeting of directors in a manner described in subsection (6) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under clause (a). 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Same, ability to communicate at meeting

(8) A meeting of directors held in any manner described in subsection (6) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under subsection (7) must provide that all persons attending the meeting are able to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Same, persons deemed present at meeting

(9) A person who, through telephonic or electronic means, attends a meeting of directors is deemed for the purposes of this Act to be present in person at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Transition

(10) For clarity, subsections (2) and (3) apply only to a notice of a meeting of directors that is given on or after the day section 18 of Schedule 9 to the Less Red Tape, Stronger Economy Act, 2023 comes into force. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 18.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

First directors

284 (1) The persons named as first directors in the Act or instrument creating the corporation are the directors of the corporation until replaced by the same number of others duly elected or appointed in their stead.

Idem

(2) The first directors of the corporation have all the powers and duties and are subject to all the liabilities of directors.

Definition

(3) In the case of corporations incorporated before the 30th day of April, 1954, “first directors” in this section means provisional directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��284.

Change in number of directors

285 (1) A corporation may by special resolution increase or decrease the number of its directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��285��(1).

(2) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��75.

(3) Repealed:�� 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��75.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��75 - 01/03/1999

Qualification of directors, must be shareholders

286 (1) Subject to subsections (2) and (3), no person shall be a director of a corporation unless he or she is a shareholder or member of the corporation, and, if the person ceases to be a shareholder or member, he or she thereupon ceases to be a director.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��286��(1).

Exception

(2) A person may be a director of a corporation if he or she becomes a shareholder or member of the corporation within ten days after his or her election or appointment as a director, but, if the person fails to become a shareholder or member within such ten days, the person thereupon ceases to be a director and shall not be re-elected or reappointed unless he or she is a shareholder or member of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��286��(2).

Exception, insurers

(3) A corporation may, by by-law, provide that a person may, with his or her consent in writing, be a director of the corporation even though the person is not a shareholder or member of the corporation if the corporation is an insurer to which Part V applies, other than a pension fund or employees’ mutual benefit society. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 58 (2).

Age

(4) A director shall be eighteen or more years of age.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��286��(4).

Bankrupts

(5) No undischarged bankrupt shall be a director, and, if a director becomes a bankrupt, he or she thereupon ceases to be a director.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��286��(5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 05/05/2008

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021

Election of directors

287 (1) The directors shall be elected by the shareholders or members in general meeting and the election shall be by ballot or in such other manner as the by-laws of the corporation prescribe. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��287��(1).

Idem

(2) Unless the by-laws otherwise provide, the election of directors shall take place yearly and all the directors then in office shall retire, but, if qualified, are eligible for re-election. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��287��(2); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��76��(1).

Exception

(3) Subsection (2) does not affect the operation of any by-law passed before the 30th day of April, 1954, that provides that the election of directors shall take place otherwise than yearly. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��287��(3).

Voting by telephonic or electronic means

(3.1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws expressly provide otherwise, a vote under this section may be conducted entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by a combination of one or more telephonic or electronic means and voting in person. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 19.

Continuance in office

(4) If an election of directors is not held at the proper time, the directors continue in office until their successors are elected. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��287��(4).

Rotation of directors

(5) The by-laws may provide for the election and retirement of directors in rotation, but in that case no director shall be elected for a term of more than five years and at least three directors shall retire from office in each year.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��287��(5); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��76��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��76 (1, 2) - 01/03/1999

- 01/10/2023

Directors, quorum and vacancies

Quorum

288 (1) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or a special resolution otherwise provides, a majority of the board of directors constitutes a quorum, but in no case shall a quorum be less than two-fifths of the board of directors. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��288 (1).

Vacancies

(2) As long as there is a quorum of directors in office, any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may be filled for the remainder of the term by the directors then in office. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��288 (2).

Idem

(3) Whenever there is not a quorum of directors in office, the director or directors then in office shall forthwith call a general meeting of the shareholders or members to fill the vacancies, and, in default or if there are no directors then in office, the meeting may be called by any shareholder or member. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��288 (3).

(4) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 59 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021

Officers, president

289 (1) The directors shall elect a president from among themselves.

Other officers

(2) The directors shall appoint a secretary and may appoint one or more vice-presidents and other officers.

Corporations without share capital

(3) Despite subsections (1) and (2), in the case of a corporation without share capital, if the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws so provide, the officers of the corporation or any of them may be elected or appointed at a general meeting of the members duly called for that purpose.

Acting secretary

(4) If the office of secretary is vacant or if for any reason the secretary is unable to act, anything required or authorized to be done by the secretary may be done by an assistant secretary or, if there is no assistant secretary able to act, by any other officer of the corporation authorized generally or specifically in that behalf by the directors.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��289.

Chair of the board

290 A corporation may by special resolution provide for the election by the directors from among themselves of a chair of the board of directors and define his or her duties, and may assign to the chair of the board of directors any or all of the duties of the president or other officer of the corporation, and in that case the special resolution shall fix and prescribe the duties of the president. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��290.

Qualification of officers

291 (1) Except in the case of the president and the chair of the board of directors, no officer of the corporation need be a director or a shareholder or member of the corporation unless the by-laws so provide.

Application of subs. (1)

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a corporation operating a recognized stock exchange.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��291.

Validity of acts of directors, etc.

292 The acts of a director or of an officer are valid despite any defect that may afterwards be discovered in his or her appointment or qualification.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��292.

Annual meetings

293 A corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its shareholders or members not later than eighteen months after its incorporation and subsequently not more than fifteen months after the holding of the last preceding annual meeting.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��293.

General meetings

294 The directors may at any time call a general meeting of the shareholders or members for the transaction of any business, the general nature of which is specified in the notice calling the meeting.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��294.

Meeting by telephonic or electronic means

294.1 (1) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws and subsection (3), a meeting of shareholders or members may be held entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by any combination of in-person attendance and by one or more telephonic or electronic means. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Same, letters patent, etc.

(2) In addition to any other matters that the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may provide for with respect to the holding of meetings of shareholders in accordance with subsection (1), the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws may,

(a)�� limit the manner or manners by which a meeting of shareholders or members may be held in accordance with subsection (1); and

(b)�� specify requirements that apply with respect to the holding of a meeting of shareholders or members in a manner described in subsection (1) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under clause (a). 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Same, reasonable participation

(3) A meeting of shareholders or members held in any manner described in subsection (1) or in such manner as described by the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws made under subsection (2) must enable all persons entitled to attend the meeting to reasonably participate. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Same, persons deemed present at meeting

(4) A person who, through telephonic or electronic means, votes at or attends a meeting of shareholders or members is deemed for the purposes of this Act to be present in person at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Manner of voting

294.2 (1) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws, voting at a meeting of shareholders or members shall be by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder, member or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Demand for poll

(2) A shareholder, member or proxyholder may demand a poll either before or after any vote by show of hands. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Voting by telephonic or electronic means

(3) Unless the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws expressly provide otherwise, a vote may be conducted entirely by one or more telephonic or electronic means or by a combination of one or more telephonic or electronic means and voting in person. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Non-application to election of directors

(4) This section does not apply in respect of the election of directors under section 171 or 287. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 20.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Requisition for meeting

295 (1) Shareholders of a company holding not less than one-tenth of the issued shares of the company that carry the right to vote at the meeting proposed to be held, or not less than one-tenth of the members of a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at the meeting proposed to be held, as the case may be, may request the directors to call a general meeting of the shareholders or members for any purpose connected with the affairs of the corporation that is not inconsistent with this Act.

Requisition

(2) The requisition shall state the general nature of the business to be presented at the meeting and shall be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the head office of the corporation and may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more requisitionists.

Duty of directors to call meeting

(3) Upon deposit of the requisition, the directors shall call forthwith a general meeting of the shareholders or members for the transaction of the business stated in the requisition.

Where requisitionists may call meeting

(4) If the directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the requisition call and hold such meeting, any of the requisitionists may call such meeting which shall be held within sixty days from the date of the deposit of the requisition.

Calling of meeting

(5) A meeting called under this section shall be called as nearly as possible in the same manner as meetings of shareholders or members are called under the by-laws, but, if the by-laws provide for more than twenty-one days notice of meetings, twenty-one days notice is sufficient for the calling of such meeting.

Repayment of expenses

(6) Any reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionists by reason of the failure of the directors to call such meeting shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the corporation and any amount so repaid shall be retained by the corporation out of any money due or to become due from the corporation by way of fees or other remuneration in respect of their services to such of the directors as were in default, unless at such meeting the shareholders or members by a majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the requisitionists.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��295.

Circulation of shareholders’ resolutions, etc.

296 (1) On the requisition in writing of shareholders of a company holding not less than one-twentieth of the issued shares of the company that carry the right to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates or not less than one-twentieth of the members of a corporation without share capital entitled to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates, as the case may be, the directors shall,

(a)�� give to the shareholders or members entitled to notice of the next meeting of shareholders or members notice of any resolution that may properly be moved and is intended to be moved at that meeting; or

(b)�� circulate to the shareholders or members entitled to vote at the next meeting of shareholders or members a statement of not more than 1,000 words with respect to the matter referred to in any proposed resolution or with respect to the business to be dealt with at that meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (1).

Notice

(2) The notice or statement or both, as the case may be, shall be given or circulated by sending it in writing to each shareholder or member entitled thereto in the same manner and at the same time as that prescribed by this Act for the sending of notice of meetings of shareholders or members. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (2); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 60.

Idem

(3) Where it is not practicable to send the notice or statement or both at the same time as the notice of the meeting is sent, the notice or statement or both shall be sent as soon as practicable thereafter. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (3).

Deposit of requisition, etc.

(4) The directors are not bound under this section to give notice of any resolution or to circulate any statement unless,

(a)�� the requisition, signed by the requisitionists, is deposited at the head office of the corporation,

(i)�� in the case of a requisition requiring notice of a resolution to be given, not less than ten days before the meeting,

(ii)�� in the case of a requisition requiring a statement to be circulated, not less than seven days before the meeting; and

(b)�� there is deposited with the requisition a sum reasonably sufficient to meet the corporation’s expenses in giving effect thereto. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (4).

Where directors not bound to circulate statement

(5) The directors are not bound under this section to circulate any statement if, on the application of the corporation or any other person who claims to be aggrieved, the court is satisfied that the rights conferred by this section are being abused to secure needless publicity for defamatory matter, and on any such application the court may order the costs of the corporation to be paid in whole or in part by the requisitionists even though they are not parties to the application. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (5).

Where no liability

(6) A corporation and a director, officer, employee or person acting on its behalf, except a requisitionist, is not liable in damages or otherwise by reason only of the circulation of a notice or statement or both in compliance with this section. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (6).

Duty to deal with requisitioned matter

(7) Despite anything in the by-laws of the corporation, where the requisitionists have complied with this section, the resolution, if any, mentioned in the requisition shall be dealt with at the meeting to which the requisition relates. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (7).

Repayment of expenses

(8) The sum deposited under clause (4)��(b) shall be repaid to the requisitionists by the corporation unless at the meeting to which the requisition relates the shareholders or members by a majority of the votes cast reject the repayment to the requisitionists. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (8).

Offence

(9) A director of a corporation who authorizes, permits or acquiesces in any contravention of any requirement of this section is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��296 (9).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017

Court may direct method of holding meetings

297 If for any reason it is impracticable to call a meeting of shareholders or members of the corporation in any manner in which meetings of shareholders or members may be called or to conduct the meeting in the manner prescribed by this Act, the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws, the court may, on the application of a director or a shareholder or member who would be entitled to vote at the meeting, order a meeting to be called, held and conducted in such manner as the court thinks fit, and any meeting called, held and conducted in accordance with such an order shall for all purposes be deemed to be a meeting of shareholders or members of the corporation duly called, held and conducted.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��297.

By-laws and resolutions

298 (1) Any by-law or resolution signed by all the directors is as valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the directors duly called, constituted and held for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��298��(1); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��77��(1).

Idem

(2) Any resolution signed by all the shareholders or members is as valid and effective as if passed at a meeting of the shareholders or members duly called, constituted and held for that purpose. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��298��(2); 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��77��(2).

Alternative method of confirming by-laws

(3) Any by-law passed at any time during a corporation’s existence may, in lieu of confirmation at a general meeting, be confirmed in writing by all the shareholders or members entitled to vote at such meeting. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��298��(3).

Evidentiary value of signatures

(4) Where a by-law or resolution purports to have been passed or confirmed under this section by the signatures of all the directors, shareholders or members, as the case may be, of the corporation, the signatures to such by-law or resolution are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the signatures of all the directors, shareholders or members, as the case may be, and are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, that the signatories to the by-law or resolution were all the directors, shareholders or members, as the case may be, at the date that the by-law or resolution purports so to have been passed or confirmed. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��298 (4).

Evidence of resolution

(5) Unless a poll is demanded, an entry in the minutes of a meeting of directors to the effect that the chair declared a resolution to be carried or defeated is proof of the fact, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 21.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��77 (1, 2) - 01/03/1999

- 01/10/2023

Format of documents, etc.

298.1 All records, documents and registers required by this Act or the regulations to be prepared and maintained by a corporation may be in any form, provided that they are capable of being reproduced in an accurate and intelligible form within a reasonable time. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 22.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Minute books

299 (1) A corporation shall cause minutes of all proceedings at meetings of the shareholders or members and of the directors and of any executive committee to be entered in books kept for that purpose.

Evidence

(2) Any such minutes, if purporting to be signed by the chair of the meeting at which the proceedings were had or by the chair of the next succeeding meeting, are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the proceedings.

Validity

(3) Where minutes in accordance with this section have been made of the proceedings of a meeting of the shareholders or members or of the directors or any executive committee, then, until the contrary is proved, the meeting shall be deemed to have been duly called, constituted and held and all proceedings had thereat to have been duly had and all appointments of directors, officers or liquidators made thereat shall be deemed to have been duly made.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��299.

Documents and registers

300 (1) A corporation shall cause the following documents and registers to be kept:

1.�� A copy of the letters patent and of any supplementary letters patent issued to the corporation and of the memorandum of agreement, if any, or, if incorporated by special Act, a copy of the Act.

2.�� All by-laws and special resolutions of the corporation.

3.�� A register of shareholders or members in which are set out the names alphabetically arranged of all persons who are shareholders or members or have been within ten years shareholders or members of the corporation and the address, and an email address, if one is provided, of every such person while a shareholder or member and, in the case of a company, in which are set out also the number and class of shares held by each shareholder and the amounts paid up and remaining unpaid on their respective shares.

4.�� A register of directors in which are set out the name and address, and email address, if one is provided, of each person who is or has been a director of the corporation with the several dates on which the person became or ceased to be a director.

5.�� A register of ownership interests in land complying with section 300.1. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��300; 2004, c.��19, s. 10��(5); 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (1); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 23.

Transition

(2) If a corporation is incorporated or continued under this Act or a predecessor of it before the day section 2 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 comes into force, paragraph 5 of subsection (1) applies to the corporation on and after the second anniversary of the coming into force of that section, in respect of its ownership interests in land on and after that second anniversary. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (2).

Same

(3) If a corporation is incorporated or continued under this Act on or after the day section 2 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 comes into force, paragraph 5 of subsection (1) applies to the corporation on and after the day it is incorporated or continued, in respect of its ownership interests in land on and after the day it is incorporated or continued. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/06/2005

- 10/12/2016

- 01/10/2023

Register of interests in land in ��������

300.1 (1) A corporation shall prepare and maintain a register of its ownership interests in land in ��������. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (3).

Same

(2) The register shall,

(a)�� identify each property; and

(b)�� show the date the corporation acquired the property and, if applicable, the date the corporation disposed of it. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (3).

Supporting documents

(3) The corporation shall cause to be kept with the register a copy of any deeds, transfers or similar documents that contain any of the following with respect to each property listed in the register:

1.�� The municipal address, if any.

2.�� The registry or land titles division and the property identifier number.

3.�� The legal description.

4.�� The assessment roll number, if any. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016

Documents evidence

301 The documents and registers mentioned in section 41 and subsection 300 (1), other than a register mentioned in paragraph 5 of that subsection are admissible in evidence as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, before and after dissolution of the corporation, of all facts purporting to be stated therein.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��301; 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016

Books of account

302 A corporation shall cause to be kept proper books of account and accounting records with respect to all financial and other transactions of the corporation and, without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, records of,

(a)�� all sums of money received and disbursed by the corporation and the matters with respect to which receipt and disbursement took place;

(b)�� all sales and purchases of the corporation;

(c)�� the assets and liabilities of the corporation; and

(d)�� all other transactions affecting the financial position of the corporation.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��302.

Untrue entries

303 A director, officer or employee of a corporation who makes or assists in making any entry in the minutes of proceedings mentioned in section 299, in the documents and registers mentioned in section 41 and subsection 300 (1) or in the books of account or accounting records mentioned in section 302, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$1,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three months, or both.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��303; 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016

Records to be kept at head office

304 (1) The minutes of proceedings mentioned in section 299, the documents and registers mentioned in section 41 and subsection 300 (1) and the books of account and accounting records mentioned in section 302 shall, during the normal business hours of the corporation, be open to inspection by any director and shall, except as provided in section 43 and in subsections (2) and (3) of this section, be kept at the head office of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��304 (1); 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (6).

Same, inspection by remote means

(1.1) The corporation may, but is not required to, permit a director to inspect any or all of the records mentioned in subsection (1) remotely at any time by means of any technology. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 24 (1).

Records of account at branch

(2) A corporation may keep at any place where it carries on business such parts of the accounting records as relate to the operations and assets and liabilities thereof or to such business of the corporation as was carried on or supervised or accounted for at such place, but there shall be kept at the head office of the corporation or such other place as is authorized under subsection (3) such records as will enable the directors to ascertain quarterly with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��304 (2).

Exemption

(3) A corporation may keep any of the records mentioned in subsection (1), except the register mentioned in paragraph 5 of subsection 300 (1) at a place other than the head office of the corporation if the records are available for inspection during regular office hours at the head office by means of any technology. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��78; 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (7); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 24 (2).

Offence

(4)  Every corporation that, and every director, officer or employee of the corporation who, contravenes subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��304 (4); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 24 (3).

Rescission of orders made under former subs.��(3)

(5) The Minister may, by order, upon the terms that the Minister sees fit, rescind any order made under subsection (3), as it read on February 28, 1999, or any order made under a predecessor of that subsection. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 61.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��78 - 01/03/1999

- 10/12/2016

- 19/10/2021

- 01/10/2023

Records to be open for inspection

305 (1) The minutes of proceedings at meetings of shareholders or members mentioned in section 299 and the documents and registers mentioned in section 41 and subsection 300 (1), during the normal business hours of the corporation, shall, at the place or places where they are kept, be open to inspection by the shareholders or members and creditors of the corporation or their agents or legal representatives, and any of them may make extracts therefrom. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��305 (1); 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (8).

Same, inspection by remote means

(1.1) The corporation or transfer agent may, but is not required to, permit a shareholder, member or creditor of the corporation or their agent or legal representative to inspect any or all of the records mentioned in subsection (1) remotely at any time by means of any technology and may also permit the person to make extracts by such means. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 25 (1).

Offence

(2) Every person who refuses to permit a person to inspect the minutes, documents or registers or to make extracts from them in accordance with subsection (1) is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 25 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016

- 01/10/2023

List of shareholders

306 (1) No shareholder or member or creditor or the agent or legal representative of any of them shall make or cause to be made a list of all or any of the shareholders or members of the corporation, unless the person has filed with the corporation or its agent an affidavit of such shareholder, member or creditor in the following form in English or French, and, where the shareholder, member or creditor is a corporation, the affidavit shall be made by the president or other officer authorized by resolution of the board of directors of such corporation:

Form of Affidavit

Province of �������� In the matter of
County of (Insert name of corporation)

I, ......................... of the ................ of ..................... in the .................................. of .......................................

make oath and say (or affirm):

1. I am a shareholder (or member or creditor) of the above-named corporation.

(Where the shareholder, member or creditor is a corporation, indicate office and authority of deponent in paragraph 1.)

2. I am applying to make a list of the shareholders (or members) of the above-named corporation.

3. I require the list of shareholders (or members) only for purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

4. The list of shareholders (or members) and the information contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

Sworn, etc.

Offence

(2) Every person, other than a corporation or its agent, who uses a list of all or any of the shareholders or members of the corporation for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any of such shareholders or members advertising or other printed matter relating to shares or securities, other than the shares or securities of the corporation, or for purposes not connected with the corporation is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000.

Purposes connected with the corporation, defined

(3) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of the corporation and include the acquisition or offering of shares to acquire control or to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and any other purpose approved by the Minister.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��306.

Where list of shareholders to be furnished

307 (1) Any person, upon payment of a reasonable charge therefor and upon filing with the corporation or its agent the affidavit referred to in subsection (2), may require a corporation, other than a private company, or its transfer agent to furnish within ten days from the filing of such affidavit a list setting out the names alphabetically arranged of all persons who are shareholders or members of the corporation, the number of shares owned by each such person and the address of each such person as shown on the books of the corporation made up to a date not more than ten days prior to the date of filing the affidavit.

Affidavit

(2) The affidavit referred to in subsection (1) shall be made by the applicant and shall be in the following form in English or French:

Form of Affidavit

Province of �������� In the matter of
County of (Insert name of corporation)

I, ......................... of the .................. of ..................... in the .................................. of .......................................

make oath and say (or affirm):

(Where the applicant is a corporation, indicate office and authority of deponent.)

1. I hereby apply for a list of the shareholders (or members) of the above-named corporation.

2. I require the list of shareholders (or members) only for purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

3. The list of shareholders (or members) and the information contained therein will be used only for purposes connected with the above-named corporation.

Sworn, etc.

Idem, where applicant a corporation

(3) Where the applicant is a corporation, the affidavit shall be made by the president or other officer authorized by resolution of the board of directors of such corporation.

Offence

(4) Every person who uses a list of shareholders or members of a corporation obtained under this section,

(a)�� for the purpose of delivering or sending to all or any of such shareholders or members advertising or other printed matter relating to shares or securities other than the shares or securities of the corporation; or

(b)�� for any purpose not connected with the corporation,

is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$1,000.

Offence

(5) Every corporation or transfer agent that fails to furnish a list in accordance with subsection (1) when so required is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $1,000, and every director or officer of such corporation or transfer agent who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.

Interpretation

(6) Purposes connected with the corporation include any effort to influence the voting of shareholders or members at any meeting of the corporation, any offer to acquire shares in the corporation or any effort to effect an amalgamation or reorganization and any other purpose approved by the Minister.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��307.

Offence

308 Every person who offers for sale or sells or purchases or otherwise traffics in a list or a copy of a list of all or any of the shareholders or members of a corporation is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$1,000, and, where such person is a corporation, every director or officer of such corporation who authorized, permitted or acquiesced in such offence is also guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a like fine.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��308.

Power of court to correct

309 (1) If the name of a person is, without sufficient cause, entered in or omitted from the minutes of proceedings mentioned in section 299 or from the documents or registers mentioned in section 41 and subsection 300 (1), or if default is made or unnecessary delay takes place in entering therein the fact of any person having ceased to be a shareholder or member of the corporation, the person or shareholder or member aggrieved, or any shareholder or member of the corporation, or the corporation itself, may apply to the court for an order that the minutes, documents or registers be rectified, and the court may dismiss such application or make an order for the rectification of the minutes, documents or registers, and may direct the corporation to compensate the party aggrieved for any damage the party has sustained. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (1); 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (9).

Decision as to title

(2) The court may, in any proceeding under this section, decide any question relating to the entitlement of a person who is a party to such proceeding to have the person’s name entered in or omitted from such minutes, documents or registers, whether such question arises between two or more shareholders or members or alleged shareholders or members, or between any shareholder or member or alleged shareholder or member and the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (2).

Trial of issue

(3) The court may direct an issue to be tried. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (3).

Appeal

(4) An appeal lies from the decision of the court as if it had been given in an action. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (4).

Jurisdiction of courts not affected

(5) This section does not deprive any court of any jurisdiction it otherwise has. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (5).

Costs

(6) The costs of any proceeding under this section are in the discretion of the court.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��309 (6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016

Investigations and audits

310 (1) Upon an application by the shareholders of a company holding shares representing not less than one-tenth of the issued capital of the company, or upon an application of at least one-tenth of the members of a corporation without share capital, the court may appoint an inspector to investigate the affairs and management of the corporation or may appoint a person to audit its books.

Evidence

(2) The application shall be supported by such evidence as the court requires for the purpose of showing that the applicants have good reason for requiring the investigation or audit, as the case may be.

Security for costs

(3) The court may require the applicants to give security to cover the probable cost of the investigation or audit and may make rules and prescribe the manner in which and the extent to which the investigation or audit is to be conducted.

Report on and expense of investigation or audit

(4) Such inspector or auditor shall report thereon to the court and the expense of the investigation shall, in the discretion of the court, be defrayed by the corporation or by the applicants or partly by the corporation and partly by the applicants.

Corporation may appoint inspector for same purpose

(5) A corporation may, by resolution passed at an annual meeting or at a general meeting called for that purpose, appoint an inspector to investigate its affairs and management.

Powers and duties of inspector

(6) The inspector appointed under subsection (5) has the same powers and shall perform the same duties as an inspector appointed under subsection (1) and the inspector shall make his or her report in such manner and to such persons as the corporation by resolution directs.

Production of books and documents

(7) All officers and agents of the corporation shall produce for the examination of any inspector or auditor appointed under this section all books and records in their custody or power.

Examination on oath

(8) Any such inspector or auditor may examine upon oath the officers, agents and employees of the corporation in relation to its affairs and management.

Offence

(9) Every officer or agent who refuses to produce any book or record referred to in subsection (7) and every person so examined who refuses to answer any question relating to the affairs and management of the corporation is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than $200.

Report admissible in proceedings

(10) A copy of the report of the inspector or auditor, as the case may be, authenticated by the court or under the seal of the corporation whose affairs and management the inspector or auditor has investigated, is admissible in any legal proceeding as evidence of the opinion of the inspector or auditor in relation to any matter contained in the report.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��310.

Corporation with fewer than three shareholders or members exercising corporate powers

311 (1) If a corporation exercises its corporate powers when its shareholders or members are fewer than three for a period of more than six months after the number has been so reduced, every person who was a shareholder or member of the corporation during the time that it so exercised its corporate powers after such period of six months and is aware of the fact that it so exercised its corporate powers is severally liable for the payment of the whole of the debts of the corporation contracted during such time and may be sued for the debts without the joinder in the action of the corporation or of any other shareholder or member. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��311 (1).

Shareholder or member may avoid liability

(2) A shareholder or member who has become aware that the corporation is so exercising its corporate powers may serve a protest in writing on the corporation and may by registered letter notify the Minister of such protest having been served and of the facts upon which it is based, and such shareholder or member may thereby and not otherwise, from the date of the protest and notification, exonerate himself, herself or itself from liability. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��311 (2).

Revocation of charter

(3) If after notice from the Minister the corporation refuses or neglects to bring the number of its shareholders or members up to three, such refusal or neglect may be regarded by the Minister as sufficient cause for the making of an order under subsection 317��(1). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��311 (3); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 62.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Bringing corporations under this Act

312 (1) A corporation incorporated otherwise than by letters patent and being at the time of its application a subsisting corporation other than a company that has objects in whole or in part of a social nature, a corporation referred to in sections 176, 178 or 179, or an insurer undertaking and transacting life insurance may apply for letters patent under this Act, and the Minister may issue letters patent continuing it as if it had been incorporated under this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��312 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 63 (1); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 10 (1).

Change of powers, etc.

(2) Where a corporation applies for the issue of letters patent under subsection (1), the Minister may, by the letters patent, limit or extend the powers of the corporation, name its directors and change its corporate name, as the applicant desires. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��312 (2); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 63 (2).

Transfer of foreign corporations

(3) A corporation incorporated or continued under the laws of any jurisdiction other than ��������, other than a company that has objects in whole or in part of a social nature, a corporation referred to in sections 176, 178 or 179, or an insurer undertaking and transacting life insurance, may, if it appears to the Minister to be authorized by the laws of the jurisdiction in which it was incorporated or continued, apply to the Minister for letters patent continuing it as if it had been incorporated under this Act, and the Minister may issue the letters patent on application supported by the material that appears satisfactory and the letters patent may be issued on the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions and contain the provisions that appear to the Minister to be fit and proper. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 63 (3); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 10 (3).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- no effect - see - 14/11/2017

- 19/10/2021

- 08/06/2019; - 19/10/2021

Transfer of �������� corporations

313 (1) A corporation incorporated under the laws of �������� other than an insurance company or a company referred to in section 2.1 may, if authorized by a special resolution, by the Minister and by the laws of any other jurisdiction, apply to the proper officer of that other jurisdiction for an instrument of continuation continuing the corporation as if it had been incorporated under the laws of that other jurisdiction. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��313��(1); 1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��22��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 64 (1, 2).

Note: On October 19, 2046, the 25th anniversary of the day subsection 3 (1) of Schedule 7 to the Cutting Unnecessary Red Tape Act, 2017 comes into force, subsection 313 (1) of the Act is amended by striking out “or a company referred to in section 2.1” after “other than an insurance company”. (See: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 64 (3))

(1.0.1) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 64 (5).

Same, insurance company

(1.1) An insurance company incorporated under this Act may, if authorized by special resolution, by the Chief Executive Officer and by the laws of any other jurisdiction in Canada, apply to the proper officer of that other jurisdiction for an instrument of continuation continuing the insurance company as if it had been incorporated under the laws of that other jurisdiction.�� 1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��22��(2); 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 11.

Notice

(2) A corporation that applies under subsection (1) or (1.1) shall file with the Minister a notice of the issue of the instrument of continuation and on and after the date of the filing of the instrument, this Act ceases to apply to the corporation. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 64 (6).

Equivalent of filing

(3) If the proper officer of the other jurisdiction notifies the Minister that it has issued an instrument of continuation to a corporation that has applied under subsection (1) or (1.1), the Minister may, if the Minister is of the opinion that it is appropriate to do so and is satisfied that the corporation has satisfied the requirements of this section, notify the corporation that it is deemed to have complied with subsection (2). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 64 (6).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1999, c.��12, Sched.��F, s.��22��(1-3) - 27/03/2000

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021; - 19/10/2046; - 13/01/2018

- 08/06/2019

Continuance as co-operative corporation

313.1 (1) A corporation incorporated under this Act may, if authorized by a special resolution and by the Minister, apply under the Co-operative Corporations Act to be continued as a co-operative corporation. 1994, c.��17, s.��31.

(2) Repealed: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 65.

Act ceases to apply

(3) This Act ceases to apply to the corporation on the date upon which the corporation is continued under the Co-operative Corporations Act. 1994, c.��17, s.��31.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��17, s.��31 - 23/06/1994

- 19/10/2021

Rights of creditors preserved

314 All rights of creditors against the property, rights and assets of a corporation amalgamated under section 113 or continued under section 312, and all liens upon its property, rights and assets are unimpaired by such amalgamation or continuation, and all debts, contracts, liabilities and duties of the corporation thenceforth attach to the amalgamated or continued corporation and may be enforced against it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��314.

Forfeiture for non-user

315 (1) If a corporation incorporated by letters patent does not go into actual operation within two years after incorporation or for any two consecutive years does not use its corporate powers, the Minister, after having given the corporation such notice as he or she considers proper, may by order declare such powers forfeited, except so far as is necessary for the winding up of the corporation. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��315 (1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 66 (1).

Rights of creditors not affected

(2) No such forfeiture affects prejudicially the rights of creditors as they exist at the date of the forfeiture. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��315 (2).

Revival

(3) Where the powers of a corporation have been forfeited under subsection (1) or a predecessor of subsection (1), the Minister on the application of the corporation may by order, on such terms and conditions as he or she sees fit to impose, revive the corporate powers. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��315 (3); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 66 (2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Social clubs cause for cancellation

316 Despite anything to the contrary in any Act, in any letters patent or in any supplementary letters patent, if it is made to appear to the satisfaction of the Minister that a corporation that has objects in whole or in part of a social nature,

(a)�� occupies and uses a house, room or place as a club that, except for paragraph 197��(2)��(a) of the Criminal Code (Canada), would be a common gaming house as defined in subsection (1) thereof; or

(b)�� occupies premises that are equipped, guarded, constructed or operated so as to hinder or prevent lawful access to and inspection by police or fire officers, or are found fitted or provided with any means or contrivance for playing any game of chance or any mixed game of chance and skill, gaming or betting or with any device for concealing, removing or destroying such means or contrivance,

the Minister may make an order under subsection 317��(1).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��316; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 67.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Cancellation for sufficient cause

317 (1) If sufficient cause is shown to the Minister, despite the imposition of any other penalty for the same cause and in addition to any rights the Minister may have under this or any other Act, the Minister may, by order, after giving the corporation an opportunity to be heard and upon the terms and conditions that the Minister considers fit,

(a)�� cancel the letters patent of a corporation and declare it to be dissolved on the date fixed in the order;

(b)�� declare the corporate existence of a corporation incorporated otherwise than by letters patent to be terminated and the corporation to be dissolved on the date fixed in the order;

(c)�� cancel any supplementary letters patent issued to a corporation and declare that the matter that became effective upon the issuance of the supplementary letters patent ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the order;

(d)�� cancel any letters patent of amalgamation or letters patent of continuation of a corporation and declare that the amalgamation or continuation ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the order;

(e)�� cancel an order reviving a corporation made under subsection (10) and declare that the revival order ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the order made under this subsection;

(f)�� cancel a dissolution order made under subsection 319 (2) and declare that the dissolution order ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the order made under this subsection; or

(g)�� cancel a termination order made under section 320 and declare that the termination order ceases to be in effect from the date fixed in the order made under this subsection. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (1).

Written hearing

(2) A hearing referred to in subsection (1) shall be in writing in accordance with the rules made by the Minister under the Statutory Powers Procedure Act. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (10).

Transition

(3) Subsection (2) does not apply to a hearing if the notice specifying a date for the hearing is issued before the day subsection 47 (10) of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 comes into force. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (10).

(4), (5) ��Repealed:��2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (10).

Appeal

(6) An appeal lies from an order made under subsection (1) to the Divisional Court upon a question of law only. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��317��(6); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (2).

Minister to be heard

(7) The Minister is entitled to be heard, by counsel or otherwise, upon the argument of any such appeal. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��317��(7).

No costs

(8) No costs are payable by or to any person by reason of or in respect of any such appeal.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��317��(8).

Dissolution order

(9) If it appears that a corporation is in default of a filing requirement under the Corporations Information Act and that notice of such default has been given in accordance with section 324 to the corporation or by publication under section 326.8, the Minister may by order, after 90 days after the notice has been given,

(a)�� cancel the letters patent of the corporation and declare it to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix; or

(b)�� declare the corporate existence of the corporation, if it was incorporated otherwise than by letters patent, to be terminated and the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (3).

Order revoking dissolution order

(10) The Minister shall make an order revoking a dissolution order made under subsection (9) if,

(a)�� the corporation was dissolved under subsection (9) or a predecessor of it and has not been revived under subsection (14); and

(b)�� the Minister receives from the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015, the Minister of Northern Development and Mines or the Public Guardian and Trustee notice that, in his or her opinion, the revocation would be in the public interest. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Same

(10.1) The Minister may make an order revoking a dissolution order made under subsection (9) if,

(a)�� there was no authority to make the dissolution order;

(b)�� there was an error in respect of the dissolution order; or

(c)�� the prescribed circumstances exist. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (4).

Objections

(11) The Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015, the Minister of Northern Development and Mines or the Public Guardian and Trustee shall not give a notice under clause (10)��(b) if the Minister as defined in section 1 objects to the giving of the notice. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Effect of order under subs. (10)

(12) If an order is made under subsection (10),

(a)�� the order is effective on the date fixed in the order and the corporation is revived on that date;

(b)�� the corporation is deemed for all purposes never to have been dissolved, subject to the rights, if any, acquired by any person during the period of dissolution; and

(c)�� subject to subsection (13), the Minister may give the corporation a new notice of default as mentioned in subsection (9) if the corporation does not remedy the default identified in the original notice of default or for any other default. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Effect of order under subs. (10.1)

(12.1) If an order is made under subsection (10.1),

(a)�� the order is effective as of the date of the dissolution order; and

(b)�� the corporation is deemed for all purposes never to have been dissolved, subject to the rights, if any, acquired by any person during the period of dissolution.�� 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (4).

Consultation before giving new notice

(13) Within the 10-year period after a dissolution order is revoked under subsection (10), the Minister shall not send or publish a new notice of default as mentioned in subsection (9) without first consulting with the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015, the Minister of Northern Development and Mines or the Public Guardian and Trustee, whichever one gave the notice described in clause (10)��(b). 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Revival

(14) Where a corporation is dissolved under subsection (9) or a predecessor of it except a company referred to in section 2.1, the Minister may, in his or her discretion, on the application of any interested person, revive the corporation by order and upon revival, the corporation shall be deemed for all purposes never to have been dissolved, subject to,

Note: On October 19, 2046, the 25th anniversary of the day subsection 3 (1) of Schedule 7 to the Cutting Unnecessary Red Tape Act, 2017 comes into force, subsection 317 (14) of the Act is amended by striking out “except a company referred to in section 2.1” after “or a predecessor of it” in the portion before clause (a). (See: 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (6))

(a)�� subsection (15) or (16), as the case may be;

(b)�� any terms and conditions the Minister sees fit to impose in respect of the revival; and

(c)�� the rights, if any, acquired by any person during the period of dissolution. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 68 (5).

Effect of revival on forfeited corporate property

(15) If a corporation that was dissolved under subsection (9) or a predecessor of it before the day section 2 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 comes into force is revived under subsection (14) on or after the third anniversary of the coming into force of that section, any property that forfeited to and vested in the Crown when the corporation dissolved remains forfeited to and vested in the Crown and shall not be returned to the corporation except in the manner provided in the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 or in the Escheats Act, 2015. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Same

(16) If a corporation that was dissolved under subsection (9) or a predecessor of it on or after the day section 2 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 comes into force is revived under subsection (14) on or after the third anniversary of the corporation’s dissolution, any property that forfeited to and vested in the Crown when the corporation dissolved remains forfeited to and vested in the Crown and shall not be returned to the corporation except in the manner provided in the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 or in the Escheats Act, 2015. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (11).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1993, c.��16, s.��3 - 01/03/1995; 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(10, 11) - 01/03/1995

- 10/12/2016

- 14/11/2017; - 19/10/2021; - 19/10/2046

Proceedings after dissolution

318 (1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation under this Act,

(a)�� a civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding commenced by or against the corporation before its dissolution may be continued as if it had not been dissolved;

(b)�� a civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action or proceeding may be brought against the corporation as if it had not been dissolved;

(c)�� property that would have been available to satisfy a judgment, order or decision if the corporation had not been dissolved remains available for that purpose, subject to subsections (2) and (2.1); and

(d)�� land belonging to the corporation immediately before its dissolution remains available to be sold in power of sale proceedings, subject to subsection (2). 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (12).

Exception, forfeited corporate property

(2) Property that is forfeited corporate property is no longer available to satisfy a judgment, order or decision against the corporation or to be sold in power of sale proceedings after the earliest of,

(a)�� the day the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 disposes of Crown’s interest in the property;

(b)�� the day an order cancelling encumbrances against the property under section 18 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 takes effect;

(c)�� in the case of real property, the day a notice is registered on title to the property under section 24 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015, indicating that the Crown intends to use the property for Crown purposes; and

(d)�� in the case of personal property, the day the Crown begins to use the property for Crown purposes. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (12).

Exception, Escheats Act, 2015

(2.1) Property to which the Escheats Act, 2015 applies is no longer available to satisfy a judgment, order or decision against the corporation or to be sold in power of sale proceedings after the earliest of,

(a)�� the day the Public Guardian and Trustee takes possession of the property;

(b)�� the day the Public Guardian and Trustee disposes of the Crown’s interest in the property; and

(c)�� the day the Crown begins to use the property for Crown purposes. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (12).

Definition

(2.2) In this section,

“forfeited corporate property”, “forfeited corporate personal property” and “forfeited corporate real property” have the same meaning as in the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (12).

Definition

(2.3) In this section and section 322,

“proceeding” includes a power of sale proceeding relating to land commenced pursuant to a charge or mortgage. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (12).

Service of process

(3) For the purposes of this section, the service of any process on a corporation after its dissolution shall be deemed to be sufficiently made if it is made upon any person shown on the records of the Ministry as being a director or officer of the corporation immediately before the dissolution. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��79.

Notice of proceeding

(4) A person who commences an action, suit or other proceeding against a corporation after its dissolution shall,

(a)�� serve the writ or other document by which the action, suit or other proceeding was commenced on the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 and the Public Guardian and Trustee in accordance with the rules that apply generally to service on a party to an action, suit or other proceeding; and

(b)�� deliver to the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 and the Public Guardian and Trustee, along with the document served under clause (a), a notice that,

(i)�� sets out the name of the dissolved corporation,

(ii)�� explains why the action, suit or other proceeding is being commenced against the dissolved corporation, and

(iii)�� identifies any property that is referred to in the proceeding and was owned by the corporation at the time of its dissolution. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (13).

Exception, proceedings in respect of land

(5) A person who commences any of the following proceedings is not required to serve the writ or other document described in clause (4) (a) on or deliver the notice described in clause (4) (b) to the Public Guardian and Trustee:

1.�� A proceeding for power of sale or foreclosure of land that is forfeited corporate real property.

2.�� An application under the Land Titles Act in respect of land that is forfeited corporate real property or land that is adjacent to forfeited corporate real property.

3.�� A proceeding claiming an interest in land that is forfeited corporate real property, if the proceeding relates solely to claiming the interest in land. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (13).

Same, proceedings for power of sale

(6) A person who is required to serve a writ or other document under clause (4) (a) in connection with a proceeding for power of sale shall do so in accordance with the notice requirements under the Mortgages Act. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (13).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��79 - 01/03/1999

- 10/12/2016

Surrender of charter

319 (1) The charter of a corporation incorporated by letters patent may be surrendered if the corporation proves to the satisfaction of the Minister,

(a)�� that the surrender of its charter has been authorized,

(i)�� by a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of its shareholders or members duly called for that purpose or by such other vote as the letters patent or supplementary letters patent of the corporation provide, or

(ii)�� by the consent in writing of all the shareholders or members entitled to vote at such meeting;

(b)�� that it has parted with its property by distributing it rateably among its shareholders or members according to their rights and interests in the corporation;

(c)�� that it has no debts, obligations or liabilities or its debts, obligations or liabilities have been duly provided for or protected or its creditors or other persons having interests in its debts, obligations or liabilities consent;

(c.1)�� if it was at any time a registered owner of land in ��������, that it is no longer a registered owner of land in ��������; and

(d)�� that there are no proceedings pending in any court against it.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319��(1); 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(12); 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (14); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 69 (1).

Acceptance of surrender and dissolution of corporation

(2) The Minister, upon due compliance with this section, may by order accept the surrender of the charter and declare the corporation to be dissolved on such date as the order may fix. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 69 (2).

Exception, registered owner of land

(2.1) Despite subsection (1), the Minister may refuse to accept the surrender of the charter if the Minister learns that the corporation is a registered owner of land in ��������. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (15); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 69 (3).

Where shareholder unknown

(3) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a shareholder or member is unknown or the whereabouts of a shareholder or member is unknown, it may, by agreement with the Public Guardian and Trustee, deliver or convey the person’s share of the property to the Public Guardian and Trustee to be held in trust for the person, and such delivery or conveyance shall be deemed to be a rateable distribution among the shareholders or members for the purposes of clause (1)��(b). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319 (3).

Where creditor unknown

(4) When a corporation surrenders its charter and a creditor is unknown or the whereabouts of a creditor is unknown, it may, by agreement with the Public Guardian and Trustee, pay to the Public Guardian and Trustee an amount equal to the amount of the debt due to the creditor to be held in trust for the creditor, and such payment shall be deemed to be due protection of the debt for the purposes of clause (1)��(c). R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319 (4).

Power to convert

(5) If the share of the property so delivered or conveyed to the Public Guardian and Trustee under subsection (3) is in a form other than money, the Public Guardian and Trustee may at any time, and within ten years after such delivery or conveyance shall, convert it into money. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319 (5).

Payment to person entitled

(6) If the share of the property delivered or conveyed under subsection (3) or its equivalent in money, or the amount paid under subsection (4), as the case may be, is claimed by the person beneficially entitled thereto within ten years after it was so delivered, conveyed or paid, it shall be delivered, conveyed or paid to the person, but, if not so claimed, it vests in the Public Guardian and Trustee for the use of ��������, and, if the person beneficially entitled thereto at any time thereafter establishes the person’s right thereto to the satisfaction of the Lieutenant Governor in Council, an amount equal to the amount so vested in the Public Guardian and Trustee shall be paid to the person. R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319 (6).

Property now held by Public Guardian and Trustee

(7) Where an order has been made before the 30th day of April, 1954, accepting the surrender of the charter of a corporation and the Public Guardian and Trustee is holding property of the corporation in trust for its shareholders, members or creditors, subsections (5) and (6) apply to the property so held, except that the ten-year period mentioned in subsection (6) commences on the 30th day of April, 1954.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��319 (7).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(12) - 01/03/1995

CTS 30 AU 10 - 1

- 19/10/2021; - 10/12/2016

- 19/10/2021

Termination of existence of corporation not incorporated by letters patent

320 The corporate existence of a corporation incorporated otherwise than by letters patent may be terminated by order of the Minister upon application therefor by such corporation under like circumstances, in like manner and with like effect as a corporation incorporated by letters patent may surrender its charter.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��320; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 70.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Liability of shareholders to creditors

321 (1) Despite the dissolution of a corporation, the shareholders or members among whom its property has been distributed remain liable to its creditors to the amount received by them respectively upon such distribution, and an action may be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction to enforce such liability.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��321��(1); 2002, c.��24, Sched.��B, s.��31��(2).

Action against one shareholder as representing class

(2) Where there are numerous shareholders or members, such court may permit an action to be brought against one or more shareholders or members as representatives of the class and, if the plaintiff establishes the plaintiff’s claim as creditor, may make an order of reference and add as parties on the reference all such shareholders or members as are found and the referee shall determine the amount that each should contribute towards the plaintiff’s claim and may direct payment of the sums so determined.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��321��(2).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/01/2004

Forfeiture of undisposed property

322 (1) If a corporation is dissolved, any of its property that has not been disposed of on the date of dissolution immediately forfeits to and vests in the Crown. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (16).

Exception

(2) Despite subsection (1) and subject to subsections 318 (2) and (2.1), if a judgment is given or an order or decision is made or land is sold in an action, suit or proceeding commenced in accordance with section 318 and the judgment, order, decision or sale affects property belonging to the corporation before its dissolution, unless the plaintiff, applicant or mortgagee has not complied with subsection 318 (4) or (6),

(a)�� the property shall be available to satisfy the judgment, order or other decision; and

(b)�� title to the land shall be transferred to a purchaser free of the Crown’s interest, in the case of a power of sale proceeding. 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��80; 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (17).

Power of sale proceeding completed after dissolution

(3) Despite subsection (2), if a person commences a power of sale proceeding relating to land before the dissolution of a corporation but the sale of the land is not completed until after the dissolution,

(a)�� title to the land may be transferred to a purchaser free of the interest acquired by the Crown under subsection (1); and

(b)�� the person is not required to serve the writ or other document described in clause 318 (4) (a) or deliver the notice described in clause 318 (4) (b) but shall serve a notice of the proceeding on the Minister responsible for the administration of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015 promptly after learning of the corporation’s dissolution, and in any event within 15 days after the day the land is transferred. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (18).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��80 - 01/03/1999

- 10/12/2016

Evidence of by-laws

323 A copy of any by-law of a corporation under its seal and purporting to be signed by an officer of the corporation, or a certificate similarly authenticated to the effect that a person is a shareholder or member of the corporation and that dues or other sums payable are due and have not been paid, or that a call or assessment that has been made is due and has not been paid, shall be received in all courts as proof, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, of the by-law or of the statements contained in such certificate.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��323.

Service of notice

324 (1) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws, a notice or other document required or permitted to be given or sent to a shareholder or member or director of a corporation, other than by the Minister, may be given or sent to,

(a)�� the shareholder or member at the person’s last address as shown on the books of the corporation; or

(b)�� the director at his or her latest address as shown on the books of the corporation or in the most recent notice or return filed under the Corporations Information Act, whichever is more current. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 26 (1).

Electronic communications

(1.1) A notice or other document given or sent in accordance with subsection (1) may be given or sent by prepaid mail or personal delivery or by electronic means in accordance with the Electronic Commerce Act, 2000. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 26 (1).

Time of service

(2) Subject to the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or by-laws, a notice or other document given or sent under subsection (1) by mail is deemed to be given or sent when it would be delivered in the ordinary course of mail. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 26 (2).

Delivery of notices, etc.

(3) A notice or other document that is required or permitted by this Act or the regulations to be sent by the Minister may be sent by ordinary mail or by any method, including registered mail, certified mail or prepaid courier, where there is a record by the person who has delivered it that the notice or document has been sent. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(13); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 71 (1).

Same

(4) A notice or other document referred to in subsection (3) may be sent by telephonic or electronic means if there is a record that the notice or other document has been sent and, for greater certainty, the sending of a notice or other document by telephonic or electronic means does not require the consent of the intended recipient. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 71 (2).

Deemed delivery

(5) A notice or other document sent by mail by the Minister shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient on the earlier of,

(a)�� the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or

(b)�� the fifth business day after the day it is mailed. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(13); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 71 (3).

Same

(6) A notice or other document sent by a method referred to in subsection (4) shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient on the earlier of,

(a)�� the day the intended recipient actually receives it; or

(b)�� the first business day after the day the transmission is sent by the Minister. 1994, c.��27, s.��78��(13); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 71 (4).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1994, c.��27, s.��78��(13) - 01/03/1995

- 19/10/2021

- 01/10/2023

Notice to corporation

324.1 (1) Except where otherwise provided in this Act or the regulations, a notice or other document required or permitted to be sent to a corporation may be sent to the corporation by prepaid mail at its head office as shown on the records of the Director or may be delivered personally to the corporation at such office and shall be deemed to be received by the corporation on the fifth day after mailing. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 27.

Electronic communications

(2) A notice or other document sent in accordance with subsection (1) may be sent by electronic means in accordance with the Electronic Commerce Act, 2000. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 27.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Waiver of notice and abridgement of times

324.2 (1) If a notice or other document is required by this Act or the regulations to be given or sent, the notice or other document may be waived or the time for the giving or sending of the notice or other document may be waived or abridged at any time with the consent in writing of the person entitled to it. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 27.

Electronic communications

(2) The consent of a person entitled to waive the requirement for the giving or sending of a notice or other document or to waive or abridge the time for the giving or sending of the notice or other document under subsection (1) may be sent by electronic means in accordance with the Electronic Commerce Act, 2000. 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 27.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/10/2023

Proof of matters under this Act

325 Proof of any matter that is necessary to be made under this Act may be made by certificate.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��325.

Reciprocal insurance

326 A corporation that insures property with or insures the property of other persons, where such insurance is reciprocal and for protection only and not for profit, shall not be deemed to be an insurer or an insurance corporation within the meaning of this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��326.

Minister’s regulations and orders

Regulations

326.1 (1) The Minister may make regulations,

(a)�� prescribing or governing anything described in this Act as prescribed or done by or in accordance with the regulations;

(b)�� respecting and governing the content, form, format and filing of applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information filed with or issued by the Minister and the form, format and payment of fees;

(c)�� respecting and governing the manner of completion, submission and acceptance of applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information filed with the Minister, the payment of fees and the determination of the date of receipt;

(d)�� designating applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information to be filed with the Minister,

(i)�� in paper or electronic format,

(ii)�� in electronic format alone, or

(iii)�� in paper format alone;

(e)�� subject to any terms and conditions specified in the regulation, prescribing and governing documents and information that are required to support applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications and other forms approved under section 326.6 and specifying, for each of the formats designated under clause (d),

(i)�� the documents and information that must be filed with the Minister, together with applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications and other forms approved under section 326.6, and

(ii)�� the documents and information that must be retained by the corporation and, upon receipt of and in accordance with written notice from the Director, and subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Director, that must be filed with the Minister or given to any other person specified in the notice;

(f)�� permitting the Director, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Director, for each of the formats designated under clause (d),

(i)�� to require that a document or information prescribed under subclause (e) (i) be retained by the corporation and, upon receipt of and in accordance with written notice from the Director, be filed with the Minister or given to any other person specified in the notice,

(ii)�� to require that a document or information prescribed under subclause (e) (ii) be filed with the Minister, together with applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications and other forms approved under section 326.6, and

(iii)�� to require that a document required by this Act to be filed with the Minister be retained by the corporation and, upon receipt of and in accordance with written notice from the Director, be filed with the Minister or given to any other person specified in the notice;

(g)�� governing the terms and conditions that the Director may impose pursuant to a regulation made under subclause (e) (ii) or clause (f);

(h)�� respecting and governing the issuance of letters patent, supplementary letters patent, orders, certificates, authorizations and other documents by the Minister, including rules respecting the issuance by electronic means;

(i)�� governing the assignment of corporation numbers under section 326.5;

(j)�� governing the retention and destruction of letters patent, supplementary letters patent, applications and other documents and information filed under this Act, including the form and format in which they must be retained;

(k)�� prescribing duties and powers of the Director in addition to those set out in this Act;

(l)�� designating public servants employed under Part III of the Public Service of �������� Act, 2006, or classes of them, for the purposes of section 8 of this Act and for the purposes of issuing letters patent, supplementary letters patent, orders or certificates as to any fact or certifying true copies of documents required or authorized under this Act;

�� (m)�� providing that a person or entity that enters into an agreement under subsection 2.3 (2) is an agent of the Crown and specifying the services and purposes for which the person or entity is considered to be an agent of the Crown;

(n)�� defining any word or expression used in this Act that has not already been expressly defined in this Act;

(o)�� prescribing any matter that the Minister considers necessary or advisable for the purposes of this Act;

(p)�� governing inspections of financial statements under section 105 and inspections of records under sections 304 and 305;

(q)�� governing transitional matters as the Minister considers necessary or advisable to facilitate the implementation of amendments to this Act made by Schedule 9 to the Less Red Tape, Stronger Economy Act, 2023. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 72 (5, 6); 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 28.

Rolling incorporation by reference

(2) A regulation made under subsection (1) that incorporates another document by reference may provide that the reference to the document includes amendments made to the document from time to time after the regulation is made. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 72 (5).

Fees

(3) The Minister may, by order, require the payment of fees for the filing of letters patent, supplementary letters patent and other documents, search reports, copies of documents or information or other services under this Act, approve the amount of those fees and provide for the waiver or refund of all or any part of any those fees. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 72 (5).

Non-application of Legislation Act, 2006

(4) Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, 2006 does not apply to an order made by the Minister under subsection (3). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 72 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��81 - 01/03/1999

- 13/01/2018; - 19/10/2021; - 14/11/2020

- 01/10/2023

Methods of issuing

326.2 The Minister may issue letters patent, supplementary letters patent, authorizations, orders, certificates, certified copies and other documents by any method, and may use or issue validation codes or other systems or methods of validation in respect of the issuance. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Requirements established by Director

326.3 (1) The Director may establish requirements,

(a)�� respecting and governing the content, form, format and filing of applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information filed with or issued by the Minister and the form, format and payment of fees;

(b)�� respecting and governing the manner of completion, submission and acceptance of applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information filed with the Minister, the payment of fees and the determination of the date of receipt;

(c)�� specifying that applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information may be filed and fees may be paid only by a person authorized by the Director or who belongs to a class of persons authorized by the Director;

(d)�� governing the authorization of persons described in clause (c), including,

(i)�� establishing conditions and requirements to be an authorized person,

(ii)�� imposing terms and conditions on an authorization, including terms and conditions governing the filing of applications, documents and information and the payment of fees, and

(iii)�� requiring any person who applies for an authorization to enter into an agreement with the Director or a person designated by the Director governing the filing of applications, documents and information;

(e)�� specifying whether and which applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications and forms approved under section 326.6 and supporting documents must be signed, specifying requirements respecting their signing, and governing the form and format of signatures, including establishing rules respecting electronic signatures;

(f)�� specifying and governing methods of executing applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and other applications and forms approved under section 326.6 and supporting documents, other than by signing them, and establishing rules respecting those methods;

(g)�� specifying requirements for corporations filing letters patent, supplementary letters patent, other applications and forms approved under section 326.6, whether electronically or by another method, to keep a properly executed version of them, including records related to an electronic signature if signed by electronic signature, at the head office in paper or electronic format and, if required by notice from the Director, to provide a copy of the executed version, including records related to an electronic signature, to the Minister within the time period set out in the notice;

(h)�� establishing the time and circumstances when applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, other applications, documents and information are considered to be sent to or received by the Minister, and the place where they are considered to have been sent or received;

(i)�� establishing technology standards and requirements for filing applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent and other applications, documents and information in electronic format with the Minister and for paying fees in electronic format;

(j)�� specifying and governing a type of copy, including a type of copy of a court order or other document issued by the court, that may be filed with the Minister, and if this Act specifies requirements respecting original documents filed with the Minister, specifying and governing a type of copy that may be filed with the Minister instead of an original;

(k)�� specifying a type of copy of a document required under this Act to be filed with the Minister that may be filed in place of the types of copies permitted to be filed under this Act;

(l)�� respecting and governing the issuance of letters patent, supplementary letters patent, orders, certificates, authorizations and other documents by the Minister, including rules respecting the issuance by electronic means;

�� (m)�� governing the assignment of corporation numbers under section 326.5;

(n)�� governing searches and search methods of records for the purpose of section 6.1. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73; 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 4.

Classes

(2) For the purposes of clause (1) (c), a class may be defined,

(a)�� in terms of any attribute or combination of attributes; or

(b)�� as consisting of, including or excluding a specified member. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Non-application of Legislation Act, 2006

(3) Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, 2006 does not apply to a requirement established by the Director under subsection (1). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Conflict

(4) If there is a conflict between a requirement established under this section and a regulation made under this Act, the regulation prevails to the extent of the conflict. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 19/10/2021

326.3.1 Repealed: 1990, c.��C.38, s.��326.3.1 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1990, c.��C.38, s.��326.3.1 (5) - see - 19/10/2021

- 12/05/2020

326.3.2 Repealed: 1990, c.��C.38, s.��326.3.2 (5).

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1990, c.��C.38, s.��326.3.2 (5) - see - 19/10/2021

- 12/05/2020

Accepting copy of notice or other document

326.4 (1) If a notice or other document is required to be sent to the Minister under this Act, the Minister may accept a copy of it if it meets the Director’s requirements established under this Act. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 6.

Exception, certain applications

(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to applications for letters patent or, supplementary letters patent or other applications filed by in-person delivery or mail unless, under this Act, the Director permits a copy of such applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent or other applications to be filed instead of the original. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 6.

Copy deemed original

(3) A copy referred to in subsection (1) is deemed to satisfy any requirements under this Act for an original to be sent to the Minister. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 6.

Issuance by Minister

(4) An issuance by the Minister under this Act in respect of a notice or other document, including applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent or other applications, is deemed to comply with requirements under this Act for issuance if it complies, with necessary modifications, with all the requirements of this Act other than any requirements respecting originals, duplicates and number of documents. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 6.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

- 19/10/2021

Signatures

326.4.1 For greater certainty, in respect of requirements under this Act respecting the signing of applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, or other applications and other documents filed with the Minister, any applications for letters patent or supplementary letters patent, or other applications and other documents that meet the Director’s requirements established under this Act are deemed to satisfy any requirements for a signature under this Act. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 7.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 12/05/2020

Note: On the day section 9 of Schedule 1 (Alternative Filing Methods for Business Act, 2020) to the COVID-19 Response and Reforms to Modernize �������� Act, 2020 comes into force, the Act is amended by adding the following section: (See: 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 8)

Documents filed under Alternative Filing Methods for Business Act, 2020

326.4.2 Documents filed by a method specified under the Alternative Filing Methods for Business Act, 2020, as it read immediately before it was repealed, are deemed to have been filed by in-person delivery or mail for the purposes of this Act. 2020, c. 7, Sched. 7, s. 8.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- not in force

Corporation number

326.5 (1) Every corporation shall be assigned a number by the Director and the number shall be specified as the corporation number in the letters patent, supplementary letters patent and in any other document relating to the corporation issued by the Minister. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Same

(2) If, through inadvertence or otherwise, the Director has assigned to a corporation a corporation number that is the same as the corporation number of any other corporation previously assigned, the Director may, without holding a hearing, change the corporation number assigned to the corporation and any letters patent, supplementary letters patent or orders subsequently issued under this Act must bear its new corporation number. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Reissue of letters patent of incorporation or amalgamation

(3) If a new corporation number is assigned to a corporation under subsection (2), the Director may reissue the letters patent of incorporation or amalgamation, whichever was most recently issued to the corporation, and the reissued letters patent must bear the new corporation number. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Same

(4) If, for any reason, letters patent, supplementary letters patent or any other document has been issued that sets out the corporation number incorrectly, the Director may, without holding a hearing, substitute a corrected letters patent, supplementary letters patent or other document that bears the date of the letters patent, supplementary letters patent or other document that it replaces. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Assignment of corporation numbers to existing corporations

(5) The Director may assign a corporation number to a corporation that has not already been assigned a corporation number if the Director is of the opinion that it is appropriate to do so. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Forms

326.6 (1) The Director may require that forms approved by the Director be used for any purpose under this Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Non-application of Legislation Act, 2006

(2) Part III (Regulations) of the Legislation Act, 2006 does not apply to a requirement established by the Director under subsection (1). 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Refusal to issue letters patent, etc. if corporation in default

326.7 Despite any provision of this Act permitting the Minister to issue letters patent, supplementary letters patent or an order, the Minister may refuse to do so if a corporation is in default of a filing requirement under the Corporations Information Act or of a registration requirement under the Business Names Act or has any unpaid fees or penalties outstanding under this Act, the Corporations Information Act or the Business Names Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Documents may be publicly available

326.8 The Minister may publish or otherwise make available to the public,

(a)�� any notices or other documents sent by the Minister under this Act; and

(b)�� any documents required by this Act, the regulations or the Director to be sent to the Minister under this Act. 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 73.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 19/10/2021

Regulations

327 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations,

(a)�� Repealed:�� 1998, c. 18, Sched. E, s. 82 (1).

(b)�� respecting any matter that the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers requisite for carrying out the objects of this Act, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, respecting names of corporations or classes thereof, objects of corporations, authorized capital of companies, the preferences, rights, conditions, restrictions, limitations or prohibitions attaching to shares or classes of shares of companies, or any other matter pertaining to letters patent, supplementary letters patent or orders or the applications therefor.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��327; 1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��82��(1); 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 75.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1998, c.��18, Sched.��E, s.��82 (1) - 01/03/1999

Regulations, transition

327.1 The Lieutenant Governor in Council may make regulations providing for such transitional matters as the Lieutenant Governor in Council considers necessary or advisable in connection with the implementation of section 47 of the Forfeited Corporate Property Act, 2015. 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (19).

Note: On a day to be named by proclamation of the Lieutenant Governor, section 327.1 of the Act is repealed. (See: 2015, c. 38, Sched. 7, s. 47 (20))

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 10/12/2016; - not in force

Fees to be paid in advance

328 No letters patent and no supplementary letters patent shall be issued and no order shall be made and no document shall be accepted for filing under this Act until all fees therefor have been paid. ��R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��328; 2017, c. 20, Sched. 7, s. 74.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 14/11/2017

Appeal

329 An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from any order made by a court under this Act.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��329.

Untrue statements

330 (1) Every person who makes or assists in making a statement in any return, certificate, financial statement or other document required by or for the purposes of this Act or the regulations made under this Act, knowing it to be untrue, is guilty of an offence and on conviction is liable to a fine of not more than��$1,000 or to imprisonment for a term of not more than three months, or to both.

Limitation of action

(2) No prosecution under subsection (1) shall be commenced more than one year after the facts upon which the prosecution is based first came to the personal knowledge of the Minister or Deputy Minister.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��330.

General penalty

331 Every corporation that, and every person who, being a director or officer of the corporation, or acting on its behalf, commits any act contrary to this Act, or fails or neglects to comply with any such provision, is guilty of an offence and on conviction, if no penalty for such act, failure or neglect is expressly provided by this Act, is liable to a fine of not more than��$200.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��331.

Aggrieved shareholders

332 Where a shareholder or member or creditor of a corporation is aggrieved by the failure of the corporation or a director, officer or employee of the corporation to perform any duty imposed by this Act, the shareholder, member or creditor, despite the imposition of any penalty and in addition to any other rights that he, she or it may have, may apply to the court for an order directing the corporation, director, officer or employee, as the case may be, to perform such duty, and upon such application the court may make such order or such other order as the court thinks fit.�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��332.

Order for compliance

333 (1) Where it appears to the Commission that any person or company to which section 73, subsection 85��(1) or subsection 86��(1) applies has failed to comply with or is contravening any such provision, despite the imposition of any penalty in respect of such non-compliance or contravention, the Commission may apply to the court for an order directing such person or company to comply with such provision or for an order restraining such person or company from contravening such provision, and upon the application, the court may make such order or such other order as the court thinks fit.

Appeal

(2) An appeal lies to the Divisional Court from an order made under subsection (1).�� R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, s.��333.

Part VIII (s. 334-336) Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 29.

334 Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 29.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 01/06/2005

- 17/03/2020; - no effect - see - 08/06/2023

- 01/10/2023

335 Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 29.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 17/03/2020; - no effect - see - 08/06/2023

- 19/10/2021

- 01/10/2023

336 Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 29.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 17/03/2020; - no effect - see - 08/06/2023

- 01/10/2023

Schedule 1
CONVERSION OF JOINT STOCK LIFE COMPANIES INTO MUTUAL COMPANIES

Details of plan to be set forth in by-law

1 The terms and provisions of any plan referred to in section 211 of the Corporations Act shall be set forth in detail in a by-law made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of the company duly called for the purpose of considering the by-law, and there shall be recorded in the minutes of the meeting the number of votes for and the number of votes against confirmation of the by-law, the votes of shareholders and the votes of policyholders being recorded separately.

Sanction of by-law by Lieutenant Governor in Council

2 No such by-law becomes effective until sanctioned by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, and in no case shall any such by-law be sanctioned unless the Lieutenant Governor in Council is satisfied that,

(a)�� the conversion of the company into a mutual company may reasonably be expected to be achieved under the terms of the by-law and in accordance with this paragraph;

(b)�� the paid-up capital of the company has ceased to be an important factor in safeguarding the interests of the policyholders of the company, having regard to the quality and amount of assets of the company, the surplus of the company relative to its liabilities, the nature of the business carried on by the company and any other considerations deemed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant;

(c)�� the majority of the votes cast by shareholders and the majority of the votes cast by policyholders at the special general meeting referred to in paragraph 1, whether in person or by proxy, were in favour of confirmation of the by-law;

(d)�� the company holds offers from shareholders, in such terms as to preclude the withdrawal thereof prior to notice by the company in accordance with paragraph 13, to sell to the company, at a price fixed by the directors, not less than 25 per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company immediately upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, or not less than 50 per cent of all issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company within such period, commencing immediately upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, as is specified in the by-law;

(e)�� the amount required to purchase 25 per cent of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company at the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause (d) does not exceed the maximum amount, determined in accordance with paragraph 9, that may be applied by the company, immediately upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, in payment for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law; and

(f)�� the price fixed by the directors for the purposes of clause (d) is fair and reasonable in the circumstances.

Prices to be paid for shares purchased under by-law

3 Upon the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, the price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph 2 shall continue to be the price that may be paid for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law until such price is changed by the directors in accordance with paragraph 4.

Change in price, when effective

4 The directors may from time to time change the price to be paid for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law, but no such change becomes effective until approved by the Minister on the report of the Chief Executive Officer.

Period for which price to remain in effect

5 The price fixed for the purposes of clause (d) of paragraph 2 and any subsequent change in price approved in accordance with paragraph 4 shall remain in effect for a period of not less than six months from the date of sanction of the by-law or the date of approval by the Minister, as the case may be.

Payment

6 All shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be paid for by the company in full at the time of the purchase thereof, but nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as prohibiting the company from applying, in payment for any shares so purchased, the full amount of the purchase price thereof by promissory note, payable at a fixed or determinable future time not later than ten years from the date of the making thereof and bearing a rate of interest fixed by the directors and approved by the Minister on the report of the Chief Executive Officer.

Date for commencement of purchase of shares

7 The by-law shall fix a day for the commencement of purchase of shares under the terms of the by-law, which day shall be not sooner than the day following the day the by-law is sanctioned by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.

Purchase of shares offered for sale

8 Subject to paragraph 9, the company shall purchase all shares offered for sale under the terms of the by-law on the day or days fixed by the terms of the offer in each case for the sale of those shares and at the price in effect on the day the offer was received or the day fixed by the by-law for the purposes of paragraph 7, whichever is the later, except that no such purchase shall be made prior to the day so fixed by the by-law.

Limitation

9 Despite anything in this Schedule, the maximum amount that may be applied by the company at any particular time in payment for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law is the amount by which,

(a)�� the aggregate of the surplus and general or contingency reserves of the company, after deducting the excess of the book value over the par value of any shares purchased under the terms of the by-law on or before the date as of which the condition and affairs of the company are required to be shown in the most recent annual statement as required by the Corporations Act,

exceeds the aggregate of,

(b)�� 6 per cent of the total assets of the company, or such lesser percentage of the total assets of the company as may be approved by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, upon application by the company, as safe and reasonable in the circumstances having regard to the bases and methods used in the computation of the policy reserves of the company, the quality of its assets, the nature of the business transacted by the company, the earnings of the company and any other matters deemed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council to be relevant thereto; and

(c)�� the total amount applied by the company before that particular time in payment for any shares purchased under the terms of the by-law after the date referred to in clause (a).

Idem

10 For the purposes of paragraph 9, the assets, surplus and general or contingency reserves of the company and the book value of any shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be taken as shown in the annual statement referred to in clause (a) of paragraph 9.

Number of shares to be purchased from each shareholder offering shares

11 Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company may, at any particular time, purchase some but not all of the shares in respect of which offers for sale at that time have been received, the amount that may be applied by the company at that time in payment for shares purchased under the terms of the by-law shall be applied by the company by apportionment among all of the shares so offered for sale at that time, or any of them, in such manner as is specified in the by-law.

Register to be kept

12 The company shall cause a register to be kept in which shall be recorded the offers for sale of shares under the terms of the by-law in the order in which such offers are received by the company, showing, in respect of each such offer,

(a)�� the date of receipt by the company of the offer;

(b)�� the name and address of the shareholder making the offer;

(c)�� the number of shares so offered by the shareholder making the offer and the day or days fixed by the terms of the offer for the sale of those shares;

(d)�� the price at which each of the shares so offered may be purchased;

(e)�� the date of purchase, if any, of each of the shares so offered and the number of shares purchased; and

(f)�� the date of withdrawal, if any, of the offer and the number of shares affected thereby.

Notice to shareholders of discontinuation of purchases

13 Where, by reason of paragraph 9, the company is required to discontinue the purchase of shares under the terms of the by-law, the company shall give notice of such discontinuation to each shareholder on the register whose offer for the sale of shares has not been fully taken up by the company, but any such offer as regards shares not so purchased shall continue to be effective and shall maintain its place on the register until withdrawn by the shareholder by notice in writing to the company.

Shares purchased: general

14 Where the company has purchased any shares of the capital stock of the company under the terms of the by-law,

(a)�� the number of policyholders’ directors of the company shall at all times thereafter be not less than,

(i)�� one-third of the total number of directors, or

(ii)�� that proportion of the total number of directors, as nearly as may be, that the total number of shares purchased under the terms of the by-law is of the total number of shares outstanding immediately prior to the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council,

whichever is the greater, except that nothing in this clause shall be held to require an increase in the number of policyholders’ directors except as vacancies occur among the shareholders’ directors;

(b)�� the company shall not thereafter sell any of the shares so purchased, issue any new capital stock or make any calls on shares of the capital stock subscribed;

(c)�� any dividends thereafter payable to shareholders shall be at a rate not less than the average rate paid in the three years immediately preceding the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, unless the company establishes to the satisfaction of the Minister that a reduction therein is justified by reason of the earnings and general financial condition of the company; and

(d)�� shares purchased under the terms of the by-law rank equally with other shares in the declaration of dividends to shareholders, but any dividends that may be payable in respect of shares so purchased shall be paid by transfer of the applicable amount from the shareholders’ account to the insurance funds of the company.

Idem

15 In respect of each share purchased under the terms of the by-law, until the capital stock of the company has been cancelled in accordance with paragraph 20,

(a)�� the company may include in its assets shown in the annual statement required by the Corporations Act an amount not exceeding the purchase price of the share, minus one-fifth of the excess of the purchase price over the par value thereof for each complete year that has elapsed since the date of purchase of the share; and

(b)�� the policyholders’ directors shall have additional voting rights corresponding to the voting rights that might have been exercised by the holder of the share if the holder had not sold it, and, unless the by-law otherwise provides, such additional voting rights shall be divided as nearly as may be equally among the policyholders’ directors, and the remainder, if any, shall be exercised by such one of the policyholders’ directors as is designated for the purpose by resolution of all of the directors.

Notice where 90 per cent or more of shares acquired by company

16 At such time as the company first acquires 90 per cent or more of the shares of its capital stock, it shall notify the Minister and each of the remaining shareholders of the company to that effect, and, for the purposes of this paragraph, notice to any shareholder shall be deemed to have been given by the company if the company has forwarded to the shareholder by registered mail, at the shareholder’s address shown in the book or books in which the names of the shareholders of the company are recorded, the notice required by this paragraph.

Contents of notice

17 The notice required by paragraph 16 to be given to each of the remaining shareholders of the company shall request each such shareholder to offer the shareholder’s shares for sale forthwith to the company, and shall state therein the substance of paragraph 18.

Acquisition of remaining shares by company

18 All shares of a shareholder remaining outstanding at the expiration of six months from the date of the notice required by paragraph 16, or at the expiration of such further period as may be required by reason of paragraph 9, shall, upon tender by the company to the shareholder of an amount equal to the price in effect,

(a)�� in the case of shares in respect of which any offer for sale was received by the company prior to the date of the notice, on the day the offer was received; or

(b)�� in the case of any other shares, on the date of the notice,

be deemed to have been purchased by the company, and, for the purposes of this paragraph, tender shall be deemed to have been made to a shareholder by the company if made to the shareholder in person or by registered mail forwarded to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address shown in the book or books referred to in paragraph 16.

Amount tendered to be retained for payment

19 Where tender of an amount in accordance with paragraph 18 has been made and the amount so tendered has not been accepted, the amount so tendered shall be retained by the company for payment to the person entitled thereto, and until so paid shall be shown on the books of the company as a liability.

Retirement and cancellation of capital stock

20 Where the company has purchased or is deemed by paragraph 18 to have purchased all of the shares of the capital stock of the company and the shares have been written down in the books of the company to their par value, the capital stock of the company shall thereupon be retired and cancelled by resolution of the board of directors, and the company shall then become a mutual company without capital stock, having for its members the participating policyholders and such other policyholders, if any, as may be authorized by by-law, and the directors shall take all necessary steps to reorganize the affairs of the company accordingly.

No change in by-law except with sanction of Lieutenant Governor in Council

21 No change in any by-law of a company described in paragraph 1 shall be made after the sanction of the by-law by the Lieutenant Governor in Council, except by a subsequent by-law of the company made by the directors and confirmed at a special general meeting of the company duly called for that purpose, and no such subsequent by-law becomes effective until sanctioned by the Lieutenant Governor in Council.

Definition

22 In this Schedule,

“Minister” means the member of the Executive Council charged for the time being by the Lieutenant Governor in Council with the administration of the Insurance Act. (“ministre”)

R.S.O. 1990, c.��C.38, Sched.; 1997, c.��28, s.��51; 2018, c. 8, Sched. 5, s. 12, 13.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

1997, c.��28, s.��51 - 01/07/1998

- 08/06/2019

- 17/03/2020

Schedule 2 Repealed: 2023, c. 9, Sched. 9, s. 29.

Section Amendments with date in force (d/m/y)

- 17/03/2020; - no effect - see - 08/06/2023

- 01/10/2023

��